Indoor New Products 2010

Indoor New Products 2010

It s time for New Light The new TRILUX products for 2010 have arrived In the pages of this supplementary catalogue we present you with the latest TRILUX solutions. After all, New Light would not be New Light if it were not in a state of constant change, and we ve been working for nearly 100 years to continuously improve it. Since the publication of the last indoor catalogue, we have again brought lighting a major step forward: our light has become significantly more efficient, attractive and diverse. More efficient because we have been able to improve further upon luminaire technology for LEDs, for example with optimised thermal management, newly developed, highly efficient LED optics and the use of the latest-generation, high-luminous flux LED. And more efficiency with the further development of light management systems, making possible incomparably efficient, highly natural and individual lighting.

More attractive because we ve been successful in developing a new form of inspiring luminaire design, as regularly confirmed by national and international panels of experts. We wish you inspiring reading with the highly efficient, attractive and diverse advantages of New Light. More diverse because a completely new section has been added: light for designing. We cannot do without good general lighting, but it s not everything. When it s a matter of highlighting particular details, creating emotions and establishing a unique atmosphere, accent lighting for design purposes comes into its own.

010 Athenik LED 012 Inperla LED 022 Onperla LED 038 SncPoint 300 LED 044 SncPoint 700 LED 054 SncFlair 400 LED 054 SncFlair 500 LED 066 Neximo LED 070 Enspiro LED 074 SolvanB

066 Neximo LED 070 Enspiro LED 098 7402N LED 102 Solvan LED 120 Mirona LED 160 Aragon LED LED 010 Athenik LED 012 Inperla 022 Onperla Downlights 036 ScenaticPoint 048 ScenaticFlex 052 ScenaticFlair 056 ScenaticWall 058 Circuit tracks Designing light 080 Valuco S 080 Valuco Active 080 Valuco D 080 Valuco H 090 504 /505 098 7402N LED Surface-mounted, suspended and free-standing luminaires 102 Solvan LED 108 Liventy Recessed luminaires 114 Alinio Light channel 120 Mirona LED 124 Durata 128 E-Line T5N 160 Aragon LED 162 Actison Luminaires for special areas of application 172 Light management 192 Technical notes

LED

Inperla LED 12 Mirona LED 120 Enspiro LED 70 One technology, an infinite array of possibilities: LED Athenik LED 10 Onperla LED 22

Neximo LED 66 LED means the future. And at TRILUX it is already the present. Up until now LED technology has been used predominantly for decorative highlighting and accent lighting, but with TRILUX it s a permanent component of general lighting; and without losing any of its fascination. In fact just the opposite. The latest-generation LEDs open up completely new possibilities. Their compact dimensions give our designers unheard of possibilities for slender luminaire designs not experienced until now. Their extremely long service life means almost complete freedom from maintenance, and thus enormous cost savings as well. Thanks to TRILUX thermal management we have been able to extend the already extremely long service life even further. And yet we still work daily towards making LEDs even more efficient. Aragon LED 160 Solvan LED 102

Downlights

Athenik LED The pleasant companion. A lucid, reduced design combined with gentle light. Athenik facilitates office work with its pleasant light effect, combined with effective glare elimination for computer screen workstations. Harmonious: the clear, square frame with semi-specular light emission structure reflects clear spatial architecture. Pleasant: soft light with maximum efficiency via precision lenses. Glare-free: standardised glare elimination for computer screen workstations. Unique: the frosted, luminous surface between the lenses creates soft transitions and a pleasant perception of light. Simple: timesaving, tool-free installation thanks to the tried-and-proven mounting system. LCL-Technology (Low Contrast Light technology) A pleasant perception of light with TRILUX Low Contrast Light technology: illumination of the transitions reduces the sharp borders between bright LED light sources and dark surfaces. 10

Athenik Recessed LED downlights with compact C1 construction da IP20 0.35 joules 850 C Athenik C1 LS LED 03 Athenik C1 MR LED 01 Athenik C1 MR LED 03 Designation TOC Electrical version Lamps/ Power Recess Bezel ring kg Luminous flux/ consumption opening Colour ET ETDD Light colour mm Athenik C1 LS LED 1900 nw 01 59 004 40 51 LED/1900/nw 42 W 231 x 231 White 3.2 Athenik C1 LS LED 1900 nw 03 59 005 40 51 LED/1900/nw 42 W 231 x 231 Silver-grey 3.2 Athenik C1 MR LED 2000 nw 01 59 002 40 51 LED/2000/nw 42 W 231 x 231 White 2.2 Athenik C1 MR LED 2000 nw 03 59 003 40 51 LED/2000/nw 42 W 231 x 231 Silver-grey 2.2 Mounting accessories TOC Description Designation Athenik C1 MP 300 44 795 00 Mounting case for metal plank ceilings, module 100 Athenik C1 MP 600 44 796 00 Mounting plate, for reinforcement of ceiling plates, module 600 Athenik C1 MP 625 44 797 00 Mounting plate, for reinforcement of ceiling plates, module 625 Athenik C1 BE 44 788 00 Concrete sealed housing Application For innovative, prestigious lighting or auxiliary lighting in sales areas, foyers, corridors, office areas, conference rooms, hotels, restaurants and residential areas. Optical systems LS LED Consisting of 16 high power LEDs with precision lenses for each LED and partly frosted cover. LCL-Technology. MR LED Consisting of 16 high power LEDs with aluminium louvre elements for each LED. Louvre elements semi-specular with reflection-intensifying surface. Suitable for VDU workstations according to EN 12464-1 via limited luminance L 1000 cd/m² for distribution characteristics above 65 all-round. LED with constant colour stability and colour rendering index of Ra > 80, over complete service life. nw Neutral white light colour, colour temperature 4000 K. 1900 Luminaire luminous flux 1900 lm. 2000 Luminaire luminous flux 2000 lm. Bezel ring 01 White. 03 Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006. Electrical connection Electrical equipment for LED mains power in separate housing, with connector terminal for 2.5 mm² cables and strain relief system. Housing and adapter for LED supports made of heat-resistant plastic, interconnected via 500 mm long sheathed cable. LED support, made of aluminium, simultaneously serves as heat sink. Electrical version With electronic mains power, integrated in electrical equipment compartment. ET With electronic transformer. ETDD With digitally dimmable electronic transformer (DALI). Athenik C1 LS LED 234 C0-C180 Athenik C1 MR LED nw UTE: 1.00 C + 0.00 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 C0-C180 Athenik C1 LS LED nw UTE: 1.00 A + 0.00 T DIN 5040: A80 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 1 Luminaire body Galvanised sheet steel, with square, die-cast bezel ring with precise rectangular section. Tool-free recess-mounting via rapid-mounting springs. 11 Athenik C1 MR LED 234 65 65 11

Inperla An investment in a care-free future. Thanks to a wide range of attachments, Inperla LED optically blends with nearly all types of architecture. Because harmoniously distributed light makes sense in any room, and especially when it contributes to saving energy. Variable: can be used during the building construction phase thanks to the removable reflector; magnetic fixing allows simple cleaning of the reflector. Future-fit: increasing efficiency with future generations, with constant luminous flux and uniform light quality. Carefree: completely tool-free installation. 12

Adaptable Can be integrated into almost all interiors thanks to various attachments. Safe Cover for IP54 protection from below. Efficient Today, the Inperla LED is already more efficient than a downlight with 2 x 26 W TCT lamps. 13

Inperla LED Recessed LED downlights with compact C2 construction 654da IP20 0.2 joules 850 C with closed cover IP54 from below Inperla C2 HR LED Designation TOC Electrical Lamps/ Power Recess opening/ kg version Luminous flux/ consumption Recess depth ET ETDD Light colour mm White Inperla C2 HR LED 1100 nw 01 58 906 40 51 LED/1100 lm/nw 18 W 210 x 145 2.5 Inperla C2 HR LED 1100 ww 01 58 638 40 51 LED/1100 lm/ww 19 W 210 x 145 2.5 Inperla C2 HR LED 2000 nw 01 58 912 40 51 LED/2000 lm/nw 32 W 210 x 145 2.5 Inperla C2 HR LED 2000 ww 01 58 910 40 51 LED/2000 lm/ww 36 W 210 x 145 2.5 Silver-grey Inperla C2 HR LED 1100 nw 03 58 907 40 51 LED/1100 lm/nw 18 W 210 x 145 2.5 Inperla C2 HR LED 1100 ww 03 58 639 40 51 LED/1100 lm/ww 19 W 210 x 145 2.5 Inperla C2 HR LED 2000 nw 03 58 911 40 51 LED/2000 lm/nw 32 W 210 x 145 2.5 Inperla C2 HR LED 2000 ww 03 58 909 40 51 LED/2000 lm/ww 36 W 210 x 145 2.5 Application For innovative and prestigious lighting of sales areas, foyers, corridors, office areas, conference rooms, hotels, restaurants and residential areas. Optical systems HR LED LED module with high quality diffuser optics, combined with a reflector of ultra-pure aluminium, highly-specular, individually anodised. LED with constant colour stability and colour rendering index of Ra > 80, guaranteed over complete service life. nw Neutral white light colour, colour temperature 4000 K. ww Warm white light colour, colour temperature 3000 K. 1100 Total luminous flux 1100 lm. 2000 Total luminous flux 2000 lm. Electrical connection Separate electrical equipment with integral strain relief system and LED module connected via sheathed cable. Electrical version ET With electronic transformer. ETDD With digitally dimmable electronic transformer (DALI). C0-C180 Inperla C2 HR LED 2000 ww UTE: 0.95 D + 0.00 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/3/BZ 2 Luminaire body Sheet steel, galvanised, with circular die-cast bezel ring. Shadow gap between bezel ring and reflector edge for accommodation of attachments. Tool-free recess-mounting via rapid-mounting springs. Bezel ring 01 White. 03 Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006. Inperla C2 HR LED 157 295 35 145 210 225 10 25 max. 580 14

Inperla Silver Recessed downlights with small C2 construction, with highly-specular reflector of folded silver-coated aluminium (HR-Ag) Lamp data 193 654da IP20 0.2 joules 850 C with closed cover IP54 from below Inperla C2 HR-Ag 03 Designation TOC Electrical Lamps Recess opening/ kg version Recess depth E EDD W mm White Inperla C2 HR-Ag 1TCT26/32 01 58 640 04 07 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 210 x 100 1.8 Silver-grey Inperla C2 HR-Ag 1TCT26/32 03 58 641 04 07 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 210 x 100 1.8 Application For prestigious lighting of sales areas, foyers, corridors, office areas, conference rooms, hotels, restaurants and residential areas. Optical system HR-Ag Energy-efficient, folded aluminium reflector, highly-specular, with reflectionintensifying silver surface, reflectance value > 98 %, can be attached without tools. Luminaire body Sheet steel, galvanised, with circular die-cast bezel ring. Shadow gap between bezel ring and reflector edge for accommodation of attachments. Tool-free recess-mounting via rapid-mounting springs. Electrical connection Electrical equipment in separate housing, with connector terminal for 2.5 mm² cables and strain relief system. Housing and lamp holder of heat-resistant plastic, interconnected via 370 mm long connection cable. Electrical version E With electronic multi-lamp control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic multi-lamp control gear (DALI). C0-C180 Inperla C2 HR-Ag 1TCT26 UTE: 0.92 D + 0.00 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 3/1.25/ BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/.8/BZ 3 Bezel ring 01 White. 03 Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006. Inperla C2 276 370 234 100 65 10-25 210 3 226 15

Inperla Decorative elements Decorative cone ring Made of polycarbonate. For Inperla C2 downlights. Decorative cylinder, short Made of polycarbonate. For Inperla C2 downlights. Decorative cylinder, long Made of polycarbonate. For Inperla C2 downlights. Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 RK-PC 52 018 00 0.3 Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 ZN-PC 51 624 00 0.3 Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 ZH-PC 51 625 00 0.3 Decorative ring, domed Made of polycarbonate. For Inperla C2 downlights. Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 RG-PC 51 626 00 0.1 16

Decorative ring, domed, blue Made of polycarbonate. For Inperla C2 downlights. Decorative ring, domed, yellow Made of polycarbonate. For Inperla C2 downlights. Decorative ring, domed, green Made of polycarbonate. For Inperla C2 downlights. Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 RG-PC blue 52 036 00 0.1 Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 RG-PC yellow 52 037 00 0.1 Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 RG-PC green 52 038 00 0.1 Decorative ring, domed, red Made of polycarbonate. For Inperla C2 downlights. Decorative ring, opal Made of polycarbonate. Integrated in decorative die-cast ring, white ( 01) or silver-grey ( 03). For Inperla C2 downlights. Decorative ring, blue Made of polycarbonate. Integrated in decorative die-cast ring, white ( 01) or silver-grey ( 03). For Inperla C2 downlights. Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 RG-PC red 52 039 00 0.1 Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 RI-PC 01 51 996 00 0.6 Inperla C2 RI-PC 03 52 016 00 0.6 Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 RI-PC blue 01 52 029 00 0.6 Inperla C2 RI-PC blue 03 52 017 00 0.6 17

Inperla Decorative elements Decorative covers (IP54) Decorative ring, yellow Made of polycarbonate. Integrated in decorative die-cast ring, white ( 01) or silver-grey ( 03). For Inperla C2 downlights. Decorative ring, green Made of polycarbonate. Integrated in decorative die-cast ring, white ( 01) or silver-grey ( 03). For Inperla C2 downlights. Decorative ring, red Made of polycarbonate. Integrated in decorative die-cast ring, white ( 01) or silver-grey ( 03). For Inperla C2 downlights. Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 RI-PC yellow 01 52 030 00 0.6 Inperla C2 RI-PC yellow 03 52 033 00 0.6 Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 RI-PC green 01 52 031 00 0.6 Inperla C2 RI-PC green 03 52 034 00 0.6 Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 RI-PC red 01 52 032 00 0.6 Inperla C2 RI-PC red 03 52 035 00 0.6 Decorative cover, cylindrical For IP54 protection rating from below. Made of polycarbonate. Integrated in decorative die-cast ring, silver-grey. For Inperla C2 downlights. Decorative cover, cylindrical For IP54 protection rating from below. Made of polycarbonate. Integrated in decorative die-cast ring, white. For Inperla C2 downlights. Decorative cover, arched For IP54 protection rating from below. Made of polycarbonate. Integrated in decorative die-cast ring, silver-grey. For Inperla C2 downlights. Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 AZ-PC 03 51 987 00 0.7 Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 AZ-PC 01 52 006 00 0.7 Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 AG-PC 03 52 005 00 0.7 18

Decorative cover, domed For IP54 protection rating from below. Made of polycarbonate. Integrated in decorative die-cast ring, white. For Inperla C2 downlights. Decorative cover, partly frosted For IP54 protection rating from below. Of float glass, integrated in decorative die-cast ring, white ( 01) or silver-grey ( 03). In construction size C2. For Inperla C2 downlights. Not suitable for Inperla 2TCT42. Decorative cover, frosted For IP54 protection rating from below. Of float glass, integrated in decorative die-cast ring, white ( 01) or silver-grey ( 03). In construction size C2. For Inperla C2 downlights. Not suitable for Inperla 2TCT42. Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 AG-PC 01 51 986 00 0.7 Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 DA-TM 01 51 992 00 0.7 Inperla C2 DA-TM 03 51 993 00 0.7 Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 DA-M 01 51 990 00 0.7 Inperla C2 DA-M 03 51 991 00 0.7 Decorative cover, clear For IP54 protection rating from below. Of float glass, integrated in decorative die-cast ring, white ( 01) or silver-grey ( 03). In construction size C2. For Inperla C2 downlights. Not suitable for Inperla 2TCT42. Decorative ring Of die-cast material, white ( 01) or silver-grey ( 03). In construction size C2. For Inperla C2 downlights. Decorative disk, frosted Float glass. In construction size C2. For Inperla C2 downlights. Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 DA 01 51 988 00 0.7 Inperla C2 DA 03 51 989 00 0.7 Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 DD 01 51 994 00 0.6 Inperla C2 DD 03 51 995 00 0.6 Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 DS-M 51 980 00 1.1 19

Inperla Decorative elements Decorative disk, partly-frosted Float glass. In construction size C2. For Inperla C2 downlights. Decorative rings, frosted Float glass. In construction size C2. For Inperla C2 downlights. Decorative rings, partly frosted Float glass. In construction size C2. For Inperla C2 downlights. Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 DS-TM 51 981 00 1.1 Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 DR-M 51 978 00 0.9 Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 DR-TM 51 979 00 0.9 20

Inperla Mounting accessories Mounting cases for metal plank ceilings Sheet steel, white. In construction size C2. For recess-mounting of Inperla C2 downlights in metal plank ceilings. Mounting plates For reinforcement of ceiling plates (module 600 and 625) and for downlight recessmounting in closed ceilings with low load bearing capacity. Sheet steel, fully galvanised. For recess-mounting of Inperla C2 downlights. Concrete sealed housing Sheet steel. In 2 construction sizes C2, C2 CAT2. For recess-mounting of Inperla C2 downlights including control gear box. Designation TOC Inperla C2 MP 300 52 011 00 Designation TOC Inperla C2 MP 625 52 013 00 Inperla C2 MP 600 52 012 00 Designation TOC Inperla C2 BE 52 007 00 Inperla C2 BE CAT2* 52 008 00 *For Inperla C2 LED Inperla C2 BE 85 112 (CAT2/LED) 133 181/186 557/572 404/414 362/372 130 157 (CAT2/LED) 185 210/ 260 21

Onperla Accentuating, and noticeably different. The Onperla surface-mounted downlight takes its place on stage without edges and corners. The appearance of the high quality, fine structured surface is not disrupted by joins or gaps, giving a sense of calmness that pleasantly contributes to the room impression. Onperla LED gets double the amount of attention: as a component of general lighting and also as an accent light source. Simple: rapid fixing to the ceiling and direct electrical connection from luminaire to luminaire. Elegant: luminaire body appears join-free with finely structured surface. Safe: sealed decorative attachments allow for use in harsh environments IP54 protection. 22

Versatile: Modular, design variations, technical and decorative accessories. Safe: In combination with an IP housing, the all around protection type IP54 is achieved through a sealed cover. Accentuating: Lateral, surrounding coloured light emission and colourful emphasis of the environment. 23

Onperla Surface-mounted downlights 654da IP20 0.2 joules 850 C IP version includes sealed IP54 cover Onperla D2 HR 01 + Inperla C2 RI-PC 01 + Onperla ZS Onperla D2 HR I2 + Inperla C2 DD 03 Onperla D2 LED-RGB I2 + Inperla C2 DA-M 03 Application For prestigious lighting of sales areas, foyers, corridors, office areas, conference rooms, hotels, restaurants and residential areas. Optical systems Reflector made of ultra-pure aluminium, individually anodised, can be attached without tools. BR Facetted. HR Highly-specular. MR Semi-specular. LED-RGB With lateral, surrounding LED strip for coloured light design and discreet ceiling illumination. Electrical connection 2 cable entries, with 5-pole connector terminal for 2.5 mm² cables. Electrical version E With electronic multi-lamp control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic multi-lamp control gear (DALI). LED-RGB Additionally with electronic transformer with DALI interface for LED RGB. C0-C180 Onperla D2 HR 1TCT26 UTE: 0.83 D DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 3/2/BZ 2/2.5/BZ 3/4/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/1/BZ 3 C0-C180 Luminaire body Aluminium, cylindrical, fine structure-coated. Integral cover ring made of die-cast zinc, powder-coated. Functional groove in cover ring for tool-free attachment of covers. 01 White. I2 Housing black, cover ring silver-grey. LED-RGB With integral ceiling-ring made of polycarbonate for discreet ceiling illumination. IP Ceiling connection made of die-cast aluminium with integral channels for lateral cable entry. Onperla D2 BR 1TCT26 UTE: 0.83 D DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 3/2/BZ 2/2.5/BZ 3/4/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/1/BZ 3 C0-C180 Onperla D2 MR 1TCT26 UTE: 0.81 D DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 3/2/BZ 2/2.5/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/1/BZ 3 24

Accessories 26 Lamp data 193 Designation TOC Electrical version Lamps kg E EDD EDD + LED-RGB W Reflector HR, highly-specular Housing white, with white bezel ring Onperla D2 HR 1TCT13 01 59 141 04 1 x TC-TEL 13 1.9 Onperla D2 HR 1TCT18 01 59 142 04 07 1 x TC-TEL 18 1.9 Onperla D2 HR 1TCT26/32 01 59 144 04 07 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 1.9 Onperla D2 HR 2TCT13 01 59 146 04 2 x TC-TEL 13 1.9 Onperla D2 HR 2TCT18 01 59 147 04 07 2 x TC-TEL 18 1.9 Housing black, with silver-grey bezel ring Onperla D2 HR 1TCT13 I2 59 174 04 1 x TC-TEL 13 1.9 Onperla D2 HR 1TCT18 I2 59 175 04 07 1 x TC-TEL 18 1.9 Onperla D2 HR 1TCT26/32 I2 59 177 04 07 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 1.9 Onperla D2 HR 2TCT13 I2 59 179 04 2 x TC-TEL 13 1.9 Onperla D2 HR 2TCT18 I2 59 180 04 07 2 x TC-TEL 18 1.9 LED RGB versions Housing white, with white bezel ring Onperla D2 HR 1TCT18 01 59 143 54 1 x TC-TEL 18 2.2 Onperla D2 HR 1TCT26/32 01 59 145 54 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 2.2 Onperla D2 HR 2TCT18 01 59 148 54 2 x TC-TEL 18 2.2 Housing black, with silver-grey bezel ring Onperla D2 HR 1TCT18 I2 59 176 54 1 x TC-TEL 18 2.2 Onperla D2 HR 1TCT26/32 I2 59 178 54 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 2.2 Onperla D2 HR 2TCT18 I2 59 181 54 2 x TC-TEL 18 2.2 Housing white IP, with white bezel ring Onperla D2 HR IP 1TCT18 01 59 150 04 07 1 x TC-TEL 18 2.0 Onperla D2 HR IP 1TCT26/32 01 59 151 04 07 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 2.0 Onperla D2 HR IP 2TCT18 01 59 305 04 07 2 x TC-TEL 18 2.0 Housing black IP, with silver-grey bezel ring Onperla D2 HR IP 1TCT18 I2 59 182 04 07 1 x TC-TEL 18 2.0 Onperla D2 HR IP 1TCT26/32 I2 59 183 04 07 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 2.0 Onperla D2 HR IP 2TCT18 I2 59 184 04 07 2 x TC-TEL 18 2.0 Reflector BR, facetted Housing white, with white bezel ring Onperla D2 BR 1TCT13 01 59 135 04 1 x TC-TEL 13 1.9 Onperla D2 BR 1TCT18 01 59 136 04 07 1 x TC-TEL 18 1.9 Onperla D2 BR 1TCT26/32 01 59 137 04 07 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 1.9 Onperla D2 BR 2TCT13 01 59 138 04 2 x TC-TEL 13 1.9 Onperla D2 BR 2TCT18 01 59 139 04 07 2 x TC-TEL 18 1.9 Housing black, with silver-grey bezel ring Onperla D2 BR 1TCT13 I2 59 169 04 1 x TC-TEL 13 1.9 Onperla D2 BR 1TCT18 I2 59 170 04 07 1 x TC-TEL 18 1.9 Onperla D2 BR 1TCT26/32 I2 59 171 04 07 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 1.9 Onperla D2 BR 2TCT13 I2 59 172 04 2 x TC-TEL 13 1.9 Onperla D2 BR 2TCT18 I2 59 173 04 07 2 x TC-TEL 18 1.9 Reflector MR, semi-specular Housing white, with white bezel ring Onperla D2 MR 1TCT13 01 59 307 04 1 x TC-TEL 13 1.9 Onperla D2 MR 1TCT18 01 59 308 04 07 1 x TC-TEL 18 1.9 Onperla D2 MR 1TCT26/32 01 59 309 04 07 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 1.9 Onperla D2 MR 2TCT13 01 59 310 04 2 x TC-TEL 13 1.9 Onperla D2 MR 2TCT18 01 59 311 04 07 2 x TC-TEL 18 1.9 Housing black, with silver-grey bezel ring Onperla D2 MR 1TCT13 I2 59 185 04 1 x TC-TEL 13 1.9 Onperla D2 MR 1TCT18 I2 59 186 04 07 1 x TC-TEL 18 1.9 Onperla D2 MR 1TCT26/32 I2 59 187 04 07 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 1.9 Onperla D2 MR 2TCT13 I2 59 188 04 2 x TC-TEL 13 1.9 Onperla D2 MR 2TCT18 I2 59 189 04 07 2 x TC-TEL 18 1.9 Onperla D2 Onperla D2 IP 201 Onperla D2 +LED-RGB 162 179 180 20 20 238 239 238 116 30 35 E 116 48 47 E 116 48 47 E 116 116 116 25

Onperla Decorative elements Onperla D2 I2 + Inperla C2 RG-PC Onperla D2 I2 + Inperla C2 RG-PC blue Onperla D2 I2 + Inperla C2 RG-PC green Decorative ring, arched Made of polycarbonate. For downlights Onperla D2. Decorative ring, domed, blue Made of polycarbonate. For downlights Onperla D2. Decorative ring, domed, green Made of polycarbonate. For downlights Onperla D2. Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 RG-PC 51 626 00 0.1 Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 RG-PC blue 52 036 00 0.1 Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 RG-PC green 52 038 00 0.1 Onperla D2 01 + Inperla C2 RI-PC 01 Onperla D2 01 + Inperla C2 RI-PC blue 01 Onperla D2 01 + Inperla C2 RI-PC green 01 Decorative ring, opal Made of polycarbonate. Integrated in decorative die-cast ring, white ( 01) or silver-grey ( 03). For downlights Onperla D2. Decorative ring, blue Made of polycarbonate. Integrated in decorative die-cast ring, white ( 01) or silver-grey ( 03). For downlights Onperla D2. Decorative ring, green Made of polycarbonate. Integrated in decorative die-cast ring, white ( 01) or silver-grey ( 03). For downlights Onperla D2. Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 RI-PC 01 51 996 00 0.6 Inperla C2 RI-PC 03 52 016 00 0.6 Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 RI-PC blue 01 52 029 00 0.6 Inperla C2 RI-PC blue 03 52 017 00 0.6 Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 RI-PC green 01 52 031 00 0.6 Inperla C2 RI-PC green 03 52 034 00 0.6 26

Onperla D2 I2 + Inperla C2 RG-PC red Onperla D2 I2 + Inperla C2 RG-PC yellow Decorative ring, domed, red Made of polycarbonate. For downlights Onperla D2. Decorative ring, domed, yellow Made of polycarbonate. For downlights Onperla D2. Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 RG-PC red 52 039 00 0.1 Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 RG-PC yellow 52 037 00 0.1 Onperla D2 01 + Inperla C2 RI-PC red 01 Onperla D2 01 + Inperla C2 RI-PC yellow 01 Decorative ring, red Made of polycarbonate. Integrated in decorative die-cast ring, white ( 01) or silver-grey ( 03). For downlights Onperla D2. Decorative ring, yellow Made of polycarbonate. Integrated in decorative die-cast ring, white ( 01) or silver-grey ( 03). For downlights Onperla D2. Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 RI-PC red 01 52 032 00 0.6 Inperla C2 RI-PC red 03 52 035 00 0.6 Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 RI-PC yellow 01 52 030 00 0.6 Inperla C2 RI-PC yellow 03 52 033 00 0.6 27

Onperla Decorative elements Onperla D2 I2 + Inperla C2 AG-PC 03 Onperla D2 I2 + Inperla C2 AZ-PC 03 Onperla D2 I2 + Inperla C2 DA 03 Decorative cover, domed For IP54 protection rating from below. Made of polycarbonate. Integrated in decorative die-cast ring, silver-grey. For Onperla D2 downlights. Decorative cover, cylindrical For IP54 protection rating from below. Made of polycarbonate. Integrated in decorative die-cast ring, silver-grey. For Onperla D2 downlights. Decorative cover, clear For IP54 protection rating from below. Made of float glass, integrated in decorative die-cast ring, white ( 01) or silver-grey ( 03). For Onperla D2 downlights. Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 AG-PC 01 51 986 00 0.7 Inperla C2 AG-PC 03 52 005 00 0.7 Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 AZ-PC 01 52 006 00 0.7 Inperla C2 AZ-PC 03 51 987 00 0.7 Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 DA 01 51 988 00 0.7 Inperla C2 DA 03 51 989 00 0.7 Onperla D2 01 + Inperla C2 DR-M Onperla D2 01 + Inperla C2 DR-TM Onperla D2 01 + Inperla C2 DS-M Decorative rings, frosted Float glass. For Onperla D2 downlights. Decorative rings, partly-frosted Float glass. For Onperla D2 downlights. Decorative disk, frosted Float glass. For Onperla D2 downlights. Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 DR-M 51 978 00 0.9 Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 DR-TM 51 979 00 0.9 Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 DS-M 51 980 00 1.1 28

Onperla D2 I2 + Inperla C2 DA-M 03 Onperla D2 I2 + Inperla C2 DA-TM 03 Onperla D2 I2 + Inperla C2 DD 03 Decorative cover, frosted For IP54 protection rating from below. Made of float glass, integrated in decorative die-cast ring, white ( 01) or silver-grey ( 03). For Onperla D2 downlights. Decorative cover, partly frosted For IP54 protection rating from below. Made of float glass, integrated in decorative die-cast ring, white ( 01) or silver-grey ( 03). For Onperla D2 downlights. Decorative ring Made of die-cast material, white ( 01) or silver-grey ( 03). For Onperla D2 downlights. Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 DA-M 01 51 990 00 0.7 Inperla C2 DA-M 03 51 991 00 0.7 Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 DA-TM 01 51 992 00 0.7 Inperla C2 DA-TM 03 51 993 00 0.7 Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 DD 01 51 994 00 0.6 Inperla C2 DD 03 51 995 00 0.6 Onperla D2 01 + Inperla C2 DS-TM Decorative disk, partly frosted Float glass. For Onperla D2 downlights. Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 DS-TM 51 981 00 1.1 29

Onperla Decorative elements Onperla D2 I2 + Inperla C2 RK-PC Onperla D2 I2 + Inperla C2 ZH-PC Onperla D2 I2 + Inperla C2 ZN-PC Decorative cone ring Made of polycarbonate. For downlights Onperla D2. Decorative cylinder, long Made of polycarbonate. For downlights Onperla D2. Decorative cylinder, short Made of polycarbonate. For downlights Onperla D2. Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 RK-PC 52 018 00 0.3 Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 ZH-PC 51 625 00 0.3 Designation TOC kg Inperla C2 ZN-PC 51 624 00 0.3 Onperla D2 01 + Inperla C2 WW-HR Onperla D2 01 + Inperla C2 WW-MR Onperla D2 01 + Inperla C2 RA-HR + Inperla C2 DD 01 Wallwasher optics, highly-specular Only for single lamp luminaires. Made of reflection-intensifying aluminium. For Onperla D2 downlights. Wallwasher optics, semi-specular Only for single lamp luminaires. Made of reflection-intensifying aluminium. For Onperla D2 downlights. Cross-blade louvre, highly-specular Of reflection-intensifying aluminium. For Onperla D2 downlights Designation TOC Inperla C2 WW-HR 52 019 00 Designation TOC Inperla C2 WW-MR 52 020 00 Designation TOC Inperla C2 RA-HR 52 014 00 30

Onperla ZS Wire suspension Wire suspension, 3-point, infinitely variable. In two lengths. For Onperla D2 downlights. For Onperla D2 LED-RGB, an additional Onperla ZSAP adapter is required. Designation TOC Onperla ZS 3075/2000 01 59 313 00 Onperla ZS 3075/3000 01 59 314 00 Onperla ZS 5075/2000 01 59 315 00 Onperla ZS 5075/3000 01 59 316 00 Onperla ZSAP 59 429 00 Onperla D2 01 + Inperla C2 RA-MR + Inperla C2 DD 01 Cross-blade louvre, semi-specular Of reflection-intensifying aluminium. For Onperla D2 downlights. Designation TOC Inperla C2 RA-MR 52 015 00 31

Designing light

Scenatic Accent lighting that creates emotions. Good general lighting is indispensable, but not suitable for every application. When it s a matter of highlighting particular details, creating emotions and establishing a unique atmosphere, accent lighting comes into play. TRILUX offers you a wide-ranging portfolio of lighting solutions for all applications with the Scenatic program, ranging from recessed and surface-mounted spots to suspended luminaires and wall luminaires. 34

Discreet light that changes any location into an attraction: Recessed spotlights/downlights ScenaticPoint Setting in-scene: room elements, works of art and attractive areas, brilliantly set in-scene. Simple: an essential advantage is the ease of mounting, implemented with pre-wiring ready for connection. Flexible: interchangeable reflector technology allows simple, tool-free replacement of reflectors. Perfect presentation of rooms and luminaire: Surface-mounted spotlight ScenaticFlex Interplay: an elegant luminaire body with attractive surfaces gives any room individuality. Rapid: a 3-circuit adapter enables mounting in one step. Flexible: interchangeable reflector technology allows simple, tool-free replacement of reflectors. Highlights in every room: Suspended luminaires ScenaticFlair Magical: stylish forms and colours lend every type of room a unique flair. High quality: the use of glass and fabrics gives the products a distinguished appearance. Variable: a choice of two mounting methods: via a universal adapter for 3-circuit track or via a ceiling rose. The perfect complement: Wall luminaires ScenaticWall Closing the gap: as a perfect supplement to ceiling illumination: walls become works. Harmonious: the frosted glass shade in red and white creates an attractive light effect. 35

ScenaticPoint 100, ScenaticPoint 200 6da IP20 SncPoint 100 03SncPoint 200 03 SncPoint100 Circular recessed spotlight, can be pivoted by +/ 20, for 1 low-voltage halogen reflector lamp QR-CBC 51, max. 50 W. Bezel ring and pivotable light-head die-cast, in two colour variants, powder-coated. Lamps with reflector integrated into light head. Distribution characteristics based on light source with internal reflector. Tool-free ceiling installation via rapid-mounting springs. Electronic transformer with integral plug connection for tool-free through-wiring is to be ordered separately. 01 White, similar to RAL 9016. 03 Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006. SncPoint200 Circular recessed spotlight, can be pivoted by 30 and rotated by 355, for 1 low-voltage halogen reflector lamp QR-CBC 51, max. 50 W. Bezel ring and pivotable light-head die-cast, in two colour variants, powder-coated. Lamps with reflector integrated into light-head. Distribution characteristics based on light source with internal reflector. Tool-free ceiling installation via rapid-mounting springs. Electronic transformer with integral plug connection for tool-free through-wiring is to be ordered separately. 01 White, similar to RAL 9016. 03 Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006. 36

Lamp data 193 Designation TOC Colour Lamps Socket kg SncPoint 100 W SncPoint 100 1QR-CBC51 max50 01 59 514 40 White 1 x QR-CBC 51, 50 W GU5,3 0.8 SncPoint 100 1QR-CBC51 max50 03 59 513 40 Silver-grey 1 x QR-CBC 51, 50 W GU5,3 0.8 SncPoint 200 SncPoint 200 1QR-CBC51 max50 01 59 516 40 White 1 x QR-CBC 51, 50 W GU5,3 0.8 SncPoint 200 1QR-CBC51 max50 03 59 515 40 Silver-grey 1 x QR-CBC 51, 50 W GU5,3 0.8 Accessories TOC Description kg VE OL-QR/QT 70VA ET 59 734 00 Electronic transformer 0.3 VE OL-QR/QT 105VA ET 59 732 00 Electronic transformer 0.3 VE OL-QR/QT 150VA ET 59 733 00 Electronic transformer 0.3 SncPoint1 00 SncPoint2 00 min. 110 10-20 105 min. 110 10-20 105 20 75 86 20 355 90 103 30 37

ScenaticPoint300 The circular recessed spotlight unites classic design with state-of-the-art LED technology. The result: a harmonious overall appearance and maximum efficiency. The high-performance, highly efficient LED module has a service life of over 50,000 hours and ensures a high degree of lighting comfort thanks to homogeneous illumination with warm white and neutral white light colours. The pivotable luminaire head gives flexibility for both the arrangement of presentation surfaces, and for mounting as well, which can be carried out without need of tools. 38

ScenaticPoint 300 LED Accessories 62 6da IP20 SncPoint3 00 LED 01 Designation TOC Colour Lamps/Luminous flux/ Power consumption kg Light colour SncPoint 300 HR-FL LED 2000 ww ET 01 59 528 40 White LED/2000 lm/ww 36 W 1.8 SncPoint 300 HR-FL LED 2000 nw ET 01 59 530 40 White LED/2000 lm/nw 32 W 1.8 SncPoint 300 HR-FL LED 2000 ww ET 03 59 527 40 Silver-grey LED/2000 lm/ww 36 W 1.8 SncPoint 300 HR-FL LED 2000 nw ET 03 59 529 40 Silver-grey LED/2000 lm/nw 32 W 1.8 SncPoint300 LED Circular recessed spotlight, can be pivoted by +/ 25, total luminous flux 2000 lm, available in two lamp colours. ww Warm white, colour temperature 3000 K, connected load 36 W. nw Neutral white, colour temperature 4000 K, connected load 32 W. Distribution characteristics, Flood. Bezel ring and pivotable light-head with front ring diecast, in two colour variants, powder-coated. Aluminium reflector, highly-specular, LED module integrated in light-head. Tool-free ceiling installation via rapid-mounting springs. Complete with separate, electronic transformer and integral strain relief system. 01 White, similar to RAL 9016. 03 Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006. SncPoint3 00 LED min. 200 10-30 172 25 155 176 25 39

ScenaticPoint 300, ScenaticPoint 400 6da IP20 SncPoint 300 01SncPoint 400 03 SncPoint300 1HIT Circular recessed spotlight, can be pivoted by +/ 25, for 1 metal halide lamp HIT-T 35 W or 70 W. Bezel ring and pivotable light-head with front ring die-cast, in two colour variants, powder-coated. Aluminium reflector, facetted, integrated into light-head. Tool-free ceiling installation via rapid-mounting springs. Complete with separate electronic control gear and integral plug connection for tool-free through-wiring. 01 White, similar to RAL 9016. 03 Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006. SP Distribution characteristics Spot. MF Distribution characteristics Medium. SncPoint 300 1QR111 Circular recessed spotlight, can be pivoted by +/ 25, for 1 low-voltage halogen reflector lamp QR-LP 111, max. 100 W. Bezel ring and pivotable light-head with front ring die-cast, in two colour variants, powder-coated. Lamps with reflector integrated into light-head. Distribution characteristics based on light source with internal reflector. Tool-free ceiling installation via rapid-mounting springs. Complete with separate electronic transformer and integral plug connection for tool-free through-wiring. 01 White, similar to RAL 9016. 03 Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006. SncPoint400 1HIT Circular recessed spotlight, can be pivoted in steps by 50 and rotated by 355, for 1 metal halide lamp HIT-T 35 W or 70 W. Bezel ring and pivotable light-head with front ring die-cast, in two colour variants, powder-coated. Aluminium reflector, facetted, integrated into light-head. Tool-free ceiling installation via rapid-mounting springs. Complete with separate electronic control gear and integral plug connection for tool-free through-wiring. 01 White, similar to RAL 9016. 03 Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006. SP Distribution characteristics Spot. MF Distribution characteristics Medium. SncPoint 400 1QR111 Circular recessed spotlight, can be pivoted in steps by 50 and rotated by 355, for 1 lowvoltage halogen reflector lamp QR-LP 111, max. 100 W. Die-cast bezel ring, pivotable light-head and front ring, in two colour variants, powder-coated. Lamps with reflector integrated into light-head. Distribution characteristics based on light source with internal reflector. Tool-free ceiling installation via rapid-mounting springs. Complete with separate electronic transformer and integral plug connection for tool-free through-wiring. 01 White, similar to RAL 9016. 03 Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006. 40

Accessories 62 Lamp data 193 Designation TOC Colour Lamps Socket kg SncPoint 300 W SncPoint 300 BR-SP 1HIT35 E 01 59 518 04 White 1 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 1.7 SncPoint 300 BR-MF 1HIT35 E 01 59 522 04 White 1 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 1.7 SncPoint 300 BR-SP 1HIT70 E 01 59 520 04 White 1 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 1.7 SncPoint 300 BR-MF 1HIT70 E 01 59 524 04 White 1 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 1.7 SncPoint 300 BR-SP 1HIT35 E 03 59 517 04 Silver-grey 1 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 1.7 SncPoint 300 BR-MF 1HIT35 E 03 59 521 04 Silver-grey 1 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 1.7 SncPoint 300 BR-SP 1HIT70 E 03 59 519 04 Silver-grey 1 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 1.7 SncPoint 300 BR-MF 1HIT70 E 03 59 523 04 Silver-grey 1 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 1.7 SncPoint 300 1QR111 max100 ET 01 59 526 40 White 1 x QR-LP 111, 100 W GU53 1.7 SncPoint 300 1QR111 max100 ET 03 59 525 40 Silver-grey 1 x QR-LP 111, 100 W GU53 1.7 SncPoint 400 SncPoint 400 BR-SP 1HIT35 E 01 59 532 04 White 1 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 1.9 SncPoint 400 BR-MF 1HIT35 E 01 59 536 04 White 1 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 1.9 SncPoint 400 BR-SP 1HIT70 E 01 59 534 04 White 1 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 1.9 SncPoint 400 BR-MF 1HIT70 E 01 59 538 04 White 1 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 1.9 SncPoint 400 BR-SP 1HIT35 E 03 59 531 04 Silver-grey 1 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 1.9 SncPoint 400 BR-MF 1HIT35 E 03 59 535 04 Silver-grey 1 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 1.9 SncPoint 400 BR-SP 1HIT70 E 03 59 533 04 Silver-grey 1 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 1.9 SncPoint 400 BR-MF 1HIT70 E 03 59 537 04 Silver-grey 1 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 1.9 SncPoint 400 1QR111 max100 ET 01 59 540 40 White 1 x QR-LP 111, 100 W GU53 1.8 SncPoint 400 1QR111 max100 ET 03 59 539 40 Silver-grey 1 x QR-LP 111, 100 W GU53 1.8 SncPoint300 1HIT SncPoint 300 1QR111 SncPoint4 00 min. 160 10-30 147 min. 110 10-30 109 min. 150 10-30 155 25 25 25 155 176 25 155 176 355 175 196 50 41

ScenaticPoint 5, ScenaticPoint 6 6da IP20 SncPoint 520 01 SncPoint 620 03 SncPoint 5 1HIT Rectangular recessed spotlight as 510 Single module for 1 metal halide lamp HIT-T 35 W or 70 W. 520 Double module for 2 metal halide lamps HIT-T 35 W or 70 W. 530 Triple module for 3 metal halide lamps HIT-T 35 W or 70 W. Light-heads are gimbal-mounted via two axes, can be pivoted by +/ 60. Die-cast ceiling recess frame and spotlight heads in two colour variants, powder-coated. Aluminium reflectors, facetted, integrated into light-heads. Tool-free ceiling installation via rapid-mounting springs. Front ring with bayonet catch enables tool-free relamping and inserting of reflector. Complete with separate electronic control gear and integral plug connection for tool-free through-wiring. 01 White, similar to RAL 9016. 03 Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006. SP Distribution characteristics Spot. MF Distribution characteristics Medium. SncPoint 5 QR111 Rectangular recessed spotlight as 510 Single module for 1 low-voltage halogen reflector lamp QR-LP 111, max.100 W. 520 Double module for 2 low-voltage halogen reflector lamps QR-LP 111, max.100 W. 530 Triple module for 3 low-voltage halogen reflector lamps QR-LP 111, max. 100 W. Light-heads are gimbal-mounted via two axes, can be pivoted by +/ 60. Die-cast ceiling recess frame and light-heads in two colour variants, powder-coated. Light-heads for lamps with reflector. Distribution characteristics based on light source with internal reflector. Tool-free ceiling installation via rapidmounting springs. Complete with separate electronic transformer and integral plug connection for tool-free through-wiring. 01 White, similar to RAL 9016. 03 Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006. SncPoint 6 QR-CBC51 Rectangular recessed spotlight as 610 Single module for 1 low-voltage halogen reflector lamp QR-CBC 51, max. 50 W. 620 Double module for 2 low-voltage halogen reflector lamps QR-CBC 51, max. 50 W. 630 Triple module for 3 low-voltage halogen reflector lamps QR-CBC 51, max. 50 W. Light-heads are gimbal-mounted via two axes, can be pivoted by +/ 60. Die-cast ceiling recess frame and light-heads, in two colour variants, powder-coated. Light-heads with retaining ring as lamp holder for lamps with reflector. Distribution characteristics based on light source with internal reflector. Tool-free ceiling installation via rapid-mounting springs. Complete with separate electronic transformer and integral plug connection for tool-free through-wiring. 01 White, similar to RAL 9016. 03 Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006. SncPoint5 min. 203 10-30 165 30 30 190 209 30 30 190 209 30 30 370 387 30 30 550 565 42

Accessories 62 Lamp data 193 Designation TOC Colour Lamps Socket kg SncPoint 510 W SncPoint 510 BR-SP 1HIT35 E 01 59 542 04 White 1 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 2.2 SncPoint 510 BR-MF 1HIT35 E 01 59 546 04 White 1 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 2.2 SncPoint 510 BR-SP 1HIT70 E 01 59 544 04 White 1 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 2.2 SncPoint 510 BR-MF 1HIT70 E 01 59 548 04 White 1 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 2.2 SncPoint 510 BR-SP 1HIT35 E 03 59 541 04 Silver-grey 1 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 2.2 SncPoint 510 BR-MF 1HIT35 E 03 59 545 04 Silver-grey 1 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 2.2 SncPoint 510 BR-SP 1HIT70 E 03 59 543 04 Silver-grey 1 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 2.2 SncPoint 510 BR-MF 1HIT70 E 03 59 547 04 Silver-grey 1 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 2.2 SncPoint 510 1QR111 max100 ET 01 59 550 40 White 1 x QR-LP 111, 100 W GU53 2.1 SncPoint 510 1QR111 max100 ET 03 59 549 40 Silver-grey 1 x QR-LP 111, 100 W GU53 2.1 SncPoint 520 SncPoint 520 BR-SP 2HIT35 E 01 59 552 04 White 2 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 4.0 SncPoint 520 BR-MF 2HIT35 E 01 59 556 04 White 2 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 4.0 SncPoint 520 BR-SP 2HIT70 E 01 59 554 04 White 2 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 4.0 SncPoint 520 BR-MF 2HIT70 E 01 59 558 04 White 2 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 4.0 SncPoint 520 BR-SP 2HIT35 E 03 59 551 04 Silver-grey 2 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 4.0 SncPoint 520 BR-MF 2HIT35 E 03 59 555 04 Silver-grey 2 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 4.0 SncPoint 520 BR-SP 2HIT70 E 03 59 553 04 Silver-grey 2 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 4.0 SncPoint 520 BR-MF 2HIT70 E 03 59 557 04 Silver-grey 2 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 4.0 SncPoint 520 2QR111 max100 ET 01 59 560 40 White 2 x QR-LP 111, 100 W GU53 3.8 SncPoint 520 2QR111 max100 ET 03 59 559 40 Silver-grey 2 x QR-LP 111, 100 W GU53 3.8 SncPoint 530 SncPoint 530 BR-SP 3HIT35 E 01 59 562 04 White 3 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 5.8 SncPoint 530 BR-MF 3HIT35 E 01 59 566 04 White 3 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 5.8 SncPoint 530 BR-SP 3HIT70 E 01 59 564 04 White 3 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 5.8 SncPoint 530 BR-MF 3HIT70 E 01 59 568 04 White 3 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 5.8 SncPoint 530 BR-SP 3HIT35 E 03 59 561 04 Silver-grey 3 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 5.8 SncPoint 530 BR-MF 3HIT35 E 03 59 565 04 Silver-grey 3 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 5.8 SncPoint 530 BR-SP 3HIT70 E 03 59 563 04 Silver-grey 3 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 5.8 SncPoint 530 BR-MF 3HIT70 E 03 59 567 04 Silver-grey 3 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 5.8 SncPoint 530 3QR111 max100 ET 01 59 570 40 White 3 x QR-LP 111, 100 W GU53 5.5 SncPoint 530 3QR111 max100 ET 03 59 569 40 Silver-grey 3 x QR-LP 111, 100 W GU53 5.5 SncPoint 610 SncPoint 610 1QR-CBC51 max50 ET 01 59 572 40 White 1 x QR-CBC 51, 50 W GU5,3 0.7 SncPoint 610 1QR-CBC51 max50 ET 03 59 571 40 Silver-grey 1 x QR-CBC 51, 50 W GU5,3 0.7 SncPoint 620 SncPoint 620 2QR-CBC51 max50 ET 01 59 574 40 White 2 x QR-CBC 51, 50 W GU5,3 1.3 SncPoint 620 2QR-CBC51 max50 ET 03 59 573 40 Silver-grey 2 x QR-CBC 51, 50 W GU5,3 1.3 SncPoint 630 SncPoint 630 3QR-CBC51 max50 ET 01 59 576 40 White 3 x QR-CBC 51, 50 W GU5,3 2.0 SncPoint 630 3QR-CBC51 max50 ET 03 59 575 40 Silver-grey 3 x QR-CBC 51, 50 W GU5,3 2.0 SncPoint6 min.190 10-30 100 30 30 30 30 96 108 96 108 30 30 191 203 30 30 286 298 43

ScenaticPoint 700 Square, effective, and highly efficient: the SncPoint 700 recessed downlight unites a highly pleasing design with a great deal of efficiency. The luminaire is suitable for lighting corridors, foyers and office areas, in fact every application requiring a pleasant and homogeneous light distribution. The high-performance LED module expounds maximum efficiency with a service life in excess of 50,000 hours, and in addition promises a very high level of light comfort and excellent colour quality. 44

ScenaticPoint 700 LED 6da IP20 SncPoint7 00 03 Designation TOC Colour Lamps/Luminous flux/ Power consumption kg Light colour SncPoint 700 HR-FL LED 2000 ww ET 01 59 578 40 White LED/2000 lm/ww 36 W 2.4 SncPoint 700 HR-FL LED 2000 nw ET 01 59 580 40 White LED/2000 lm/nw 32 W 2.4 SncPoint 700 HR-FL LED 2000 ww ET 03 59 577 40 Silver-grey LED/2000 lm/ww 36 W 2.4 SncPoint 700 HR-FL LED 2000 nw ET 03 59 579 40 Silver-grey LED/2000 lm/nw 32 W 2.4 SncPoint700 Rectangular recessed downlight with 1 LED module, total luminous flux 2000 lm, available in two lamp colours. ww Warm white, colour temperature 3000 K, connected load 36 W. nw Neutral white, colour temperature 4000 K, connected load 32 W. Ceiling mounting frame of steel, in two colour variants, powder-coated. Aluminium reflector, highly specular. Tool-free ceiling installation via rapid-mounting springs. Complete with separate electronic transformer and integral plug connection for tool-free through-wiring. 01 White, similar to RAL 9016. 03 Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006. FL Distribution characteristics Flood. SncPoint7 00 min. 180 10-30 167 195 210 45

ScenaticPoint 800 Homogeneous wide-area lighting from varying positions: the TRILUX ScenaticPoint 800 recessed wallwasher can be very flexibly used thanks to its pivotable function and flat, space-saving construction. The discreet design and generous light distribution are optimally suited for use in all types of presentation areas. Relamping is seldom necessary, but completely free of tools. 46

ScenaticPoint 800 Lamp data 193 6da IP20 SncPoint 800 03 Designation TOC Colour Lamps Socket kg W SncPoint 800 HS-FL 1HIT35 E 01 59 582 04 White 1 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 2.0 SncPoint 800 HS-FL 1HIT70 E 01 59 584 04 White 1 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 2.0 SncPoint 800 HS-FL 1HIT150 E 01 59 586 04 White 1 x HIT-T, 150 W G12 2.0 SncPoint 800 HS-FL 1HIT35 E 03 59 581 04 Silver-grey 1 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 2.0 SncPoint 800 HS-FL 1HIT70 E 03 59 583 04 Silver-grey 1 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 2.0 SncPoint 800 HS-FL 1HIT150 E 03 59 585 04 Silver-grey 1 x HIT-T, 150 W G12 2.0 SncPoint800 1HIT Rectangular recessed spotlight for illumination of vertical surfaces, for 1 metal halide lamp HIT-T 35 W, 70 W or 150 W, can be pivoted in 9 lockable steps by 45. Die-cast ceiling recess frame and pivotable reflector housing, in two colour variants, powder-coated. Aluminium reflector, facetted, integrated in reflector housing. Tool-free ceiling installation via rapidmounting springs. Complete with separate electronic control gear and integral plug connection for tool-free through-wiring. 01 White, similar to RAL 9016. 03 Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006. FL Distribution characteristics Flood. SncPoint8 00 min. 125 10-30 105 45 135 158 270 300 47

ScenaticFlex 100, ScenaticFlex 200, ScenaticFlex 300 6da IP20 SncFlex1 00 03SncFlex 200 03 300 25 SncFlex 100 Surface-mounted spotlight for 3-circuit track, can be pivoted by 90 and rotated by 355, for 1 metal halide lamp HIT-T 20 W or 35 W. Die-cast reflector housing and control gear housing, in two colour variants, powder-coated. Control gear housing thermally separated and asymmetrically positioned. Aluminium reflector, facetted, integrated in reflector housing. Front ring with bayonet catch for relamping and replacement of reflector unit. Spotlight complete with 3-circuit track adapter and integral electronic control gear. 01 White, similar to RAL 9016, 3-circuit adapter white. 03 Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006, 3-circuit adapter black. SP Distribution characteristics Spot. MF Distribution characteristics Medium. SncFlex 200 Surface-mounted spotlight for 3-circuit track, can be pivoted by 90 and rotated by 355, for 1 metal halide lamp HIT-T 35 W or 70 W. Die-cast reflector housing and control gear housing, in two colour variants, powder-coated. Control gear housing thermally separated and asymmetrically positioned. Aluminium reflector, facetted, integrated in reflector housing. Front ring with bayonet catch for relamping and replacement of reflector unit. Spotlight complete with 3-circuit track adapter and integral electronic control gear. 01 White, similar to RAL 9016, 3-circuit adapter white. 03 Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006, 3-circuit adapter black. SP Distribution characteristics Spot. MF Distribution characteristics Medium. SncFlex 300 Decorative surface-mounted spotlight with frosted white glass shade for 3-circuit track, can be pivoted by 90 and rotated by 355, for 1 metal halide lamp HIT-T 35 W or 70 W. Thermally separated control gear housing for ballast and die-cast reflector front ring, silver-grey powder-coated. Aluminium reflector, facetted, integrated in glass shade. Front ring with bayonet catch for relamping and replacement of reflector unit. Glass shade is diffusely backlit for decorative indirect light component. Spotlight complete with 3-circuit track adapter and electronic control gear. 25 Shade colour white, adapter black. 53 Shade colour red, adapter black. SP Distribution characteristics Spot. MF Distribution characteristics Medium. 48

Accessories 62 Lamp data 193 Designation TOC Colour Lamps Socket kg SncFlex 100 W SncFlex 100 BR-SP 1HIT-TC20 E 01 59 593 04 White 1 x HIT-TC, 20 W PGJ5 1.0 SncFlex 100 BR-MF 1HIT-TC20 E 01 59 597 04 White 1 x HIT-TC, 20 W PGJ5 1.0 SncFlex 100 BR-SP 1HIT-TC35 E 01 59 594 04 White 1 x HIT-TC, 35 W PGJ5 1.0 SncFlex 100 BR-MF 1HIT-TC35 E 01 59 598 04 White 1 x HIT-TC, 35 W PGJ5 1.0 SncFlex 100 BR-SP 1HIT-TC20 E 03 59 591 04 Silver-grey 1 x HIT-TC, 20 W PGJ5 1.0 SncFlex 100 BR-MF 1HIT-TC20 E 03 59 595 04 Silver-grey 1 x HIT-TC, 20 W PGJ5 1.0 SncFlex 100 BR-SP 1HIT-TC35 E 03 59 592 04 Silver-grey 1 x HIT-TC, 35 W PGJ5 1.0 SncFlex 100 BR-MF 1HIT-TC35 E 03 59 596 04 Silver-grey 1 x HIT-TC, 35 W PGJ5 1.0 SncFlex 200 SncFlex 200 BR-SP 1HIT35 E 01 59 600 04 White 1 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 2.2 SncFlex 200 BR-MF 1HIT35 E 01 59 604 04 White 1 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 2.2 SncFlex 200 BR-SP 1HIT70 E 01 59 602 04 White 1 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 2.2 SncFlex 200 BR-MF 1HIT70 E 01 59 606 04 White 1 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 2.2 SncFlex 200 BR-SP 1HIT35 E 03 59 599 04 Silver-grey 1 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 2.2 SncFlex 200 BR-MF 1HIT35 E 03 59 603 04 Silver-grey 1 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 2.2 SncFlex 200 BR-SP 1HIT70 E 03 59 601 04 Silver-grey 1 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 2.2 SncFlex 200 BR-MF 1HIT70 E 03 59 605 04 Silver-grey 1 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 2.2 SncFlex 300 SncFlex 300 BR-SP 1HIT35 E 25 59 607 04 Shade white 1 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 2.4 SncFlex 300 BR-MF 1HIT35 E 25 59 611 04 Shade white 1 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 2.4 SncFlex 300 BR-SP 1HIT70 E 25 59 609 04 Shade white 1 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 2.4 SncFlex 300 BR-MF 1HIT70 E 25 59 613 04 Shade white 1 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 2.4 SncFlex 300 BR-SP 1HIT35 E 53 59 608 04 Shade red 1 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 2.4 SncFlex 300 BR-MF 1HIT35 E 53 59 612 04 Shade red 1 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 2.4 SncFlex 300 BR-SP 1HIT70 E 53 59 610 04 Shade red 1 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 2.4 SncFlex 300 BR-MF 1HIT70 E 53 59 614 04 Shade red 1 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 2.4 SncFlex1 00 SncFlex2 00 SncFlex 300 141 169 169 355 355 190 206 256 295 355 120 111 165 146 148 90 90 90 49

ScenaticFlex 400, ScenaticFlex 500 6da IP20 SncFlex 400 03SncFlex 500 03 SncFlex 400 1HIT Surface-mounted spotlight for 3-circuit track, can be pivoted by 180 and rotated by 355, for 1 metal halide lamp HIT-T 35 W or 70 W. Die-cast reflector housing and thermally separated control gear housing, in two colour variants, powder-coated. Aluminium reflector, facetted, integrated in reflector housing. Front ring with bayonet catch for relamping and replacement of reflector unit. Spotlight complete with 3-circuit track adapter and electronic control gear. 01 White, similar to RAL 9016, 3-circuit adapter white. 03 Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006, 3-circuit adapter black. SP Distribution characteristics Spot. MF Distribution characteristics Medium. SncFlex 400 1QR111 Surface-mounted spotlight for 3-circuit track, can be pivoted by 180 and rotated by 355, for 1 low-voltage halogen reflector lamp R-LP 111, max. 100 W. Die-cast reflector housing and thermally separated control gear housing, in two colour variants, powder-coated. Reflector housing for lamps with internal reflector. Distribution characteristics based on light source with internal reflector. Spotlight complete with 3-circuit track adapter and electronict ransformer. 01 White, similar to RAL 9016, 3-circuit adapter white. 03 Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006, 3-circuit adapter black. SncFlex 500 Surface-mounted spotlight for 3-circuit track, can be pivoted by 180 and rotated by 355, for 1 metal halide lamp HIT-T 35 W or 70 W. Pivotable reflector housing of deep-drawn steel, integrated in pivotable holder, powdercoated. Aluminium reflector, facetted, integrated in reflector housing. Front ring with bayonet catch for relamping and replacement of reflector unit. Spotlight complete with 3-circuit track adapter and integral electronic control gear. 03 Silver-grey, similar to RAL 9006, 3-circuit adapter black. SP Distribution characteristics Spot. MF Distribution characteristics Medium. 50

Accessories 62 Lamp data 193 Designation TOC Colour Lamps Socket kg SncFlex 400 W SncFlex 400 BR-SP 1HIT35 E 01 59 616 04 White 1 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 2.0 SncFlex 400 BR-MF 1HIT35 E 01 59 620 04 White 1 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 2.0 SncFlex 400 BR-SP 1HIT70 E 01 59 618 04 White 1 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 2.0 SncFlex 400 BR-MF 1HIT70 E 01 59 622 04 White 1 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 2.0 SncFlex 400 BR-SP 1HIT35 E 03 59 615 04 Silver-grey 1 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 2.0 SncFlex 400 BR-MF 1HIT35 E 03 59 619 04 Silver-grey 1 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 2.0 SncFlex 400 BR-SP 1HIT70 E 03 59 617 04 Silver-grey 1 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 2.0 SncFlex 400 BR-MF 1HIT70 E 03 59 621 04 Silver-grey 1 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 2.0 SncFlex 400 1QR111 max100 ET 01 59 624 40 White 1 x QR-LP 111, 100 W GU53 1.8 SncFlex 400 1QR111 max100 ET 03 59 623 40 Silver-grey 1 x QR-LP 111, 100 W GU53 1.8 SncFlex 500 SncFlex 500 BR-SP 1HIT35 E 03 59 625 04 Silver-grey 1 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 4.3 SncFlex 500 BR-MF 1HIT35 E 03 59 629 04 Silver-grey 1 x HIT-T, 35 W G12 4.3 SncFlex 500 BR-SP 1HIT70 E 03 59 626 04 Silver-grey 1 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 4.3 SncFlex 500 BR-MF 1HIT70 E 03 59 630 04 Silver-grey 1 x HIT-T, 70 W G12 4.3 SncFlex4 00 SncFlex5 00 83 152 193 355 300 132 180 123 320 256 180 51

ScenaticFlair 100, ScenaticFlair 200, ScenaticFlair 300 6da IP20 SncFlair1 00 SncFlair 200 300 SncFlair 100 Decorative circular suspended luminaire with convex white glass shade for 1 low-voltage halogen lamp QT 12. Glass shade with diffuse distribution for decorative indirect component. Luminaires for suspension height 2.0 m, complete with transparent mains cable, wire suspension and electronic transformer. 3P For 3-circuit track complete with 3-circuit track adapter in white. H3 For ceiling mounting with ceiling rose in silver-grey. SncFlair 200 Decorative circular suspended luminaire with frosted glass shade in two colour variants. QT With E27 lampholder for 1 high-voltage halogen lamp QT 32, max. 100 W or 1 LED lamp (see lamp table). No ballast, lamp operation via direct mains voltage. 1TCT For 1 compact fluorescent lamp TC-TEL 26/32/42 W. With separate electronic control gear. Glass shade is homogeneously illuminated for decorative indirect light component. Luminaires for suspension length 2.0 m, complete with transparent mains cable for wire suspension. 3P For 3-circuit track complete with 3-circuit track adapter in white. H3 For ceiling mounting with ceiling rose in silver-grey. 25 Shade colour white. 53 Shade colour red. SncFlair 300 Decorative circular suspended luminaire with frosted glass shade in two colour variants and transparent overglass. QT With E27 lampholder for 1 high-voltage halogen lamp QT 32, max. 100 W or 1 LED lamp (see lamp table). No ballast, lamp operation via direct mains voltage. 1TCT For 1 compact fluorescent lamp TC-TEL 26/32/42 W. With separate electronic control gear. Glass shade is homogeneously illuminated for decorative indirect light component. Luminaires for suspension length 2.0 m, complete with transparent mains cable for wire suspension. 3P For 3-circuit track complete with 3-circuit track adapter in white. H3 For ceiling mounting with ceiling rose in silver-grey. 25 Shade colour white. 53 Shade colour red. SncFlair 100 3P H3 165 80 145 max. 2000 25 min. 110 57 52

Lamp data 193 3P 1E27 H3 Designation TOC Colour Lamps Socket kg SncFlair 100 Shade W SncFlair 100 3P 1QT12 max35 ET 25 59 633 40 White 1 x QT 12-ax, 35 W GY6,35 0.8 SncFlair 100 H3 1QT12 max35 ET 25 59 634 40 White 1 x QT 12-ax, 35 W GY6,35 0.8 SncFlair 200 SncFlair 200 3P 1E27 max100 25 59 635 10 White 1 x QT-E27, 100 W E27 1.6 SncFlair 200 H3 1E27 max100 25 59 639 10 White 1 x QT-E27, 100 W E27 1.6 SncFlair 200 3P 1E27 max100 53 59 636 10 Red 1 x QT-E27, 100 W E27 1.6 SncFlair 200 H3 1E27 max100 53 59 640 10 Red 1 x QT-E27, 100 W E27 1.6 SncFlair 200 3P 1TCT26/32 E 25 59 637 04 White 1 x TC-TEL, 26/32 W G24-q3 2.5 SncFlair 200 H3 1TCT26/32 E 25 59 641 04 White 1 x TC-TEL, 26/32 W G24-q3 2.5 SncFlair 200 3P 1TCT26/32 E 53 59 638 04 Red 1 x TC-TEL, 26/32 W G24-q3 2.5 SncFlair 200 H3 1TCT26/32 E 53 59 642 04 Red 1 x TC-TEL, 26/32 W G24-q3 2.5 SncFlair 300 SncFlair 300 3P 1E27 max100 25 59 643 10 White 1 x QT-E27, 100 W E27 6.1 SncFlair 300 H3 1E27 max100 25 59 647 10 White 1 x QT-E27, 100 W E27 6.1 SncFlair 300 3P 1E27 max100 53 59 644 10 Red 1 x QT-E27, 100 W E27 6.1 SncFlair 300 H3 1E27 max100 53 59 648 10 Red 1 x QT-E27, 100 W E27 6.1 SncFlair 300 3P 1TCT26/32 E 25 59 645 04 White 1 x TC-TEL, 26/32 W G24-q3 6.8 SncFlair 300 H3 1TCT26/32 E 25 59 649 04 White 1 x TC-TEL, 26/32 W G24-q3 6.8 SncFlair 300 3P 1TCT26/32 E 53 59 646 04 Red 1 x TC-TEL, 26/32 W G24-q3 6.8 SncFlair 300 H3 1TCT26/32 E 53 59 650 04 Red 1 x TC-TEL, 26/32 W G24-q3 6.8 SncFlair 200 H3 1E27 H3 1TCT26/32 SncFlair 300 H3 1E27 H3 1TCT26/32 80 175 80 175 82 82 25 25 190 max. 2000 175 94 225 max. 2000 3P 1TCT26/32 3P 1E27 3P 1TCT26/32 3P 1E27 175 94 148 300 53

ScenaticFlair 400, ScenaticFlair 500 6da IP20 SncFlair 400 SncFlair 500 SncFlair 400 LED Decorative circular suspended luminaire with fabric shade in two colour variants with LED module, total luminous flux 2000 lm, light colours warm white and neutral white, connected load 36 W (ww) and 32 W (nw), colour temperature 3000 K and 4000 K. Fabric shade, 360 mm, of flame-resistant fabric, fire resistance class B1, conically tapering. Luminaire head of steel, brushed, with integral electronic transformer. Luminaires for suspension length 3.0 m, complete with transparent mains cable and wire suspension consisting of two steel cords as protection against twisting. 3P For 3-circuit track complete with 3-circuit track adapter in white. H3 For ceiling mounting with ceiling rose in silver-grey. 25 Shade colour white. 53 Shade colour red. SncFlair 400 1TCT Decorative circular suspended luminaire with fabric shade in two colour variants for 1 compact fluorescent lamp, TC-TEL 26/32/42 W. Fabric shade, 360 mm, of flame-resistant fabric, fire resistance class B1, conically tapering. Luminaire head of steel, brushed, with integral electronic control gear. Luminaires for suspension length 3.0 m, complete with transparent mains cable and wire suspension consisting of two steel cords as protection against twisting. 3P For 3-circuit track complete with 3-circuit track adapter in white. H3 For ceiling mounting with ceiling rose in silver-grey. 25 Shade colour white. 53 Shade colour red. SncFlair 500 LED Decorative square suspended luminaire with fabric shade in two colour variants with LED module, total luminous flux 2000 lm, light colours warm white and neutral white, connected load 36 W (ww) and 32 W (nw), colour temperature 3000 K and 4000 K. Fabric shade, 360 mm x 360 mm, of flame-resistant fabric, fire resistance class B1, conically tapering. Luminaire head of steel, brushed, with integral electronic transformer. Luminaires for suspension length 3.0 m, complete with transparent mains cable and wire suspension consisting of two steel cords as protection against twisting. 3P For 3-circuit track complete with 3-circuit track adapter in white. H3 For ceiling mounting with ceiling rose in silver-grey. 25 Shade colour white. 53 Shade colour red. SncFlair 500 1TCT Decorative square suspended luminaire with fabric shade in two colour variants for 1 compact fluorescent lamp, TC-TEL 26/32/42 W. Fabric shade, 360 mm x 360 mm, of flameresistant fabric, fire resistance class B1, conically tapering. Luminaire head of steel, brushed, with integral electronic control gear. Luminaires for suspension length 3.0 m, complete with transparent mains cable and wire suspension consisting of two steel cords as protection against twisting. 3P For 3-circuit track complete with 3-circuit track adapter in white. H3 For ceiling mounting with ceiling rose in silver-grey. 25 Shade colour white. 53 Shade colour red. 54

Lamp data 193 3P H3 Designation TOC Colour Lamps/ Power Socket kg Luminous flux/ consumption SncFlair 400 Shade Light colour SncFlair 400 3P LED 2000 ww ET 25 59 651 40 White LED/2000 lm/ww 36 W 2.6 SncFlair 400 H3 LED 2000 ww ET 25 59 657 40 White LED/2000 lm/ww 36 W 2.6 SncFlair 400 3P LED 2000 nw ET 25 59 653 40 White LED/2000 lm/nw 32 W 2.6 SncFlair 400 H3 LED 2000 nw ET 25 59 659 40 White LED/2000 lm/nw 32 W 2.6 SncFlair 400 3P LED 2000 ww ET 53 59 652 40 Red LED/2000 lm/ww 36 W 2.6 SncFlair 400 H3 LED 2000 ww ET 53 59 658 40 Red LED/2000 lm/ww 36 W 2.6 SncFlair 400 3P LED 2000 nw ET 53 59 654 40 Red LED/2000 lm/nw 32 W 2.6 SncFlair 400 H3 LED 2000 nw ET 53 59 660 40 Red LED/2000 lm/nw 32 W 2.6 SncFlair 400 3P 1TCT26/32/42 E 25 59 655 04 White 1 x TC-TEL, 42 W G24-q4 2.4 SncFlair 400 H3 1TCT26/32/42 E 25 59 661 04 White 1 x TC-TEL, 42 W G24-q4 2.4 SncFlair 400 3P 1TCT26/32/42 E 53 59 656 04 Red 1 x TC-TEL, 42 W G24-q4 2.4 SncFlair 400 H3 1TCT26/32/42 E 53 59 662 04 Red 1 x TC-TEL, 42 W G24-q4 2.4 SncFlair 500 SncFlair 500 3P LED 2000 ww ET 25 59 663 40 White LED/2000 lm/ww 36 W 2.7 SncFlair 500 H3 LED 2000 ww ET 25 59 669 40 White LED/2000 lm/ww 36 W 2.7 SncFlair 500 3P LED 2000 nw ET 25 59 665 40 White LED/2000 lm/nw 32 W 2.7 SncFlair 500 H3 LED 2000 nw ET 25 59 671 40 White LED/2000 lm/nw 32 W 2.7 SncFlair 500 3P LED 2000 ww ET 53 59 664 40 Red LED/2000 lm/ww 36 W 2.7 SncFlair 500 H3 LED 2000 ww ET 53 59 670 40 Red LED/2000 lm/ww 36 W 2.7 SncFlair 500 3P LED 2000 nw ET 53 59 666 40 Red LED/2000 lm/nw 32 W 2.7 SncFlair 500 H3 LED 2000 nw ET 53 59 672 40 Red LED/2000 lm/nw 32 W 2.7 SncFlair 500 3P 1TCT26/32/42 E 25 59 667 04 White 1 x TC-TEL, 42 W G24-q4 2.4 SncFlair 500 H3 1TCT26/32/42 E 25 59 673 04 White 1 x TC-TEL, 42 W G24-q4 2.4 SncFlair 500 3P 1TCT26/32/42 E 53 59 668 04 Red 1 x TC-TEL, 42 W G24-q4 2.4 SncFlair 500 H3 1TCT26/32/42 E 53 59 674 04 Red 1 x TC-TEL, 42 W G24-q4 2.4 SncFlair4 003 P H3 SncFlair 500 3P H3 80 80 620 max. 3000 620 max. 3000 25 25 360 360 55

ScenaticWall 100 6da IP20 SncWall 100 SncWall 100 1E27 Decorative wall luminaire with frosted glass shade in two colour variants with E27 lampholder for 1 high-voltage halogen lamp QT 32 max. 100 W or 1 LED lamp (see lamp table). Glass shade is homogeneously illuminated for decorative indirect light component. Thermally separated wall bracket of steel, silver-grey, powder-coated. No ballast, lamp operation via direct mains voltage. 25 Shade colour white. 53 Shade colour red. SncWall 100 1TCT Decorative wall luminaire with frosted glass shade in two colour variants for 1 compact fluorescent lamp 26 W. Glass shade is homogeneously illuminated for decorative indirect light component. Thermally separated wall bracket of steel, silver-grey, powder-coated, with integral electronic control gear. 25 Shade colour white. 53 Shade colour red. 56

Lamp data 193 Designation TOC Colour Lamps Socket kg Shade W SncWall 100 1E27 max100 25 59 587 10 White QT-E27, 100 W E27 2.3 SncWall 100 1E27 max100 53 59 588 10 Red QT-E27, 100 W E27 2.3 SncWall 100 1TCT26 E 25 59 589 04 White 1 x TC-TEL, 26 W G24-q3 3.0 SncWall 100 1TCT26 E 53 59 590 04 Red 1 x TC-TEL, 26 W G24-q3 3.0 SncWall1 00 148 170 250 195 100 57

3-circuit tracks 65 Track AB 3-PH Track EB 3-PH 3-circuit tracks Available in two colour variants and four construction lengths as a basis for variable arrangements and tool-free mounting of surface-mounted spotlights with integral 3-circuit track adapters. Consisting of extruded alu - minium profile with integral copper conductors for three separate circuits, one version for surface-mounting and suspended mounting in addition to one version for ceiling recess mounting. The accessories such as feed units, connections etc. and planning aids are listed on page 60. Versions Track AB 3-circuit track for surface mounting and suspendedmount ing. Track EB 3-circuit track for ceiling recessed mounting. Construction lengths 3-PH 1 Length 1000 mm. 3-PH 2 Length 2000 mm. 3-PH 3 Length 3000 mm. 3-PH 4 Length 4000 mm. Colours 01 White. 02 Silver. 58

Designation TOC Description Colour L x B x H Track, surface-mounted mm Track AB 3-PH 1,0M 01 46 341 00 3~circuit track surface-mounted 1 m White 1000 x 36 x 32 Track AB 3-PH 2,0M 01 46 335 00 3~circuit track surface-mounted 2 m White 2000 x 36 x 32 Track AB 3-PH 3,0M 01 46 329 00 3~circuit track surface-mounted 3 m White 3000 x 36 x 32 Track AB 3-PH 4,0M 01 46 323 00 3~circuit track surface-mounted 4 m White 4000 x 36 x 32 Track AB 3-PH 2,0M 02 46 336 00 3~circuit track surface-mounted 2 m Silver 2000 x 36 x 32 Track AB 3-PH 3,0M 02 46 330 00 3~circuit track surface-mounted 3 m Silver 3000 x 36 x 32 Track AB 3-PH 4,0M 02 46 324 00 3~circuit track surface-mounted 4 m Silver 4000 x 36 x 32 Track, recessed Track EB 3-PH 2,0M 01 46 337 00 3~circuit track recessed 2 m White 2000 x 59 x 41 Track EB 3-PH 3,0M 01 46 331 00 3~circuit track recessed 3 m White 3000 x 59 x 41 Track EB 3-PH 4,0M 01 46 325 00 3~circuit track recessed 4 m White 4000 x 59 x 41 Track AB Track EB 32 41 36 59 59

Planning aid and system components Live Feed AB 3-PH In-line feed AB 3-PH between End cap AB 3-PH Coupler linear AB 3-PH Connector T AB 3-PH Connector Flex AB 3-PH Pendant suspension 3-PH Point outlet EB 3-PH Earthing conductor left / right Live Feed AB 3-PH Earthing conductor inner / outer 44 68 36 32 Earthing conductor left inner / left outer / right inner / right outer Coupler Wkl AB 3-PH Connector T AB 3-PH 44 44 105 Position of the earthing conductor is defined according to the direction of the track opening. 32 36 44 105 172 36 44 105 32 44 44 44 172 Connector Flex AB 3-PH 172 44 36 44 32 Connector X AB 3-PH 80-120 68 36 44 32 60

Designation TOC Description L x W x H Live feed, surface-mounted mm Live feed AB 3-PH earth left 01 46 312 00 3 circuit feeding, front-side, surface-mounted, earthed conductor left 68 x 36 x 32 Live feed AB 3-PH earth right 01 46 306 00 3 circuit feeding, front-side, surface-mounted, earthed conductor right 68 x 36 x 32 In-line feed AB 3-PH reversible 01 46 368 00 3 circuit intermediary feeding, surface-mounted 172 x 36 x 32 End cap AB 3-PH 01 46 356 00 3 circuit end cap for front-side cover, surface-mounted Live feed AB 3-PH earth left 02 46 342 00 3 circuit feeding, front-side, surface-mounted, earthed conductor left 68 x 36 x 32 Live feed AB 3-PH earth right 02 46 314 00 3 circuit feeding, front-side, surface-mounted, earthed conductor right 68 x 36 x 32 In-line feed AB 3-PH reversible 02 46 308 00 3 circuit intermediary feeding, surface-mounted 172 x 36 x 32 End cap AB 3-PH 02 46 318 00 3 circuit end cap for front-side cover, surface-mounted Live feed, recessed Live feed EB 3-PH earth left 01 46 319 00 3 circuit feeding, front-side, recessed, earthed conductor left 79 x 59 x 32 Live feed EB 3-PH earth right 01 46 374 00 3 circuit feeding, front-side, recessed, earthed conductor right 79 x 59 x 32 In-line feed EB 3-PH reversible 01 46 354 00 3 circuit intermediary feeding, recessed 172 x 59 x 32 End cap EB 3-PH 01 46 355 00 3 circuit end cap for front-side cover, recessed Coupler, surface-mounted Straight coupler AB 3-PH 01 46 365 00 3 circuit straight coupling, surface-mounted Angled coupler AB 3-PH outside earth 01 46 301 00 3 circuit angle coupling 90 earthed conductor ext., surface-mounted 105 x 105 Angled coupler AB 3-PH inside earth 01 46 302 00 3 circuit angle coupling 90 earthed conductor int., surface-mounted 105 x 105 Connector T AB 3-PH earth right 01 46 313 00 T connector earthed conductor right, surface-mounted 172 x 105 Connector T AB 3-PH earth left 01 46 307 00 T connector earthed conductor left, surface-mounted 172 x 105 Connector Flex AB 3-PH 01 46 364 00 3 circuit flexible connector 3 circuit, surface-mounted Connector X AB 3-PH 01 46 369 00 X connector, surface-mounted 172 x 172 Straight coupler AB 3-PH 02 46 309 00 3 circuit straight coupling, surface-mounted 58 x 25 Angled coupler AB 3-PH outside earth 02 46 303 00 3 circuit angle coupling 90 earthed conductor ext., surface-mounted 105 x 105 Angled coupler AB 3-PH inside earth 02 46 350 00 3 circuit angle coupling 90 earthed conductor int., surface-mounted 105 x 105 Connector T AB 3-PH earth right 02 46 304 00 T connector earthed conductor right, surface-mounted 172 x 105 Connector T AB 3-PH earth left 02 46 305 00 T connector earthed conductor left, surface-mounted 172 x 105 Connector X AB 3-PH 02 46 348 00 X connector, surface-mounted 172 x 172 Coupler, recessed Straight coupler EB 3-PH 01 46 349 00 3 circuit straight coupling with cover plate, recessed Angled coupler EB 3-PH outside earth 01 46 299 00 3 circuit angle coupling 90 earthed conductor ext., recessed 115 x 115 Angled coupler EB 3-PH inside earth 01 46 300 00 3 circuit angle coupling 90 earthed conductor int., recessed 115 x 115 Connector T EB 3-PH earth right 01 46 310 00 T connector earthed conductor right, recessed 172 x 115 Connector T EB 3-PH earth left 01 46 311 00 T connector earthed conductor left, recessed 172 x 115 Connector X EB 3-PH 01 46 351 00 X connector, recessed 172 x 172 Mounting accessories Fixing AB 3-PH 01 46 361 00 Fastening clip for ceilings and T rails 50 x 36 x 19 Suspension fixing AB 3-PH 01 46 370 00 Fastening clip for wire and pendant installation (13 mm) 50 x 36 x 19 Suspension connector AB 3-PH 01 46 371 00 Joint connector for wire and pendant installation (13 mm) 100 x 36 x 19 Fixing AB 3-PH 02 46 362 00 Fastening clip for ceilings and T rails 50 x 36 x 19 Suspension fixing AB 3-PH 02 46 372 00 Fastening clip for wire and pendant installation (13 mm) 50 x 36 x 19 Suspension connector AB 3-PH 02 46 373 00 Joint connector for wire and pendant installation (13 mm) 100 x 36 x 19 Rod suspension 3-PH 01 46 376 00 Rod suspension with 13 mm rod for 3 circuit fastening points 1200 Wire suspension 3-PH 02 46 375 00 Wire suspension for 3 circuit fastening points 1500 Point outlets Point outlet AB 3-PH 01 46 366 00 3 circuit point outlet, surface-mounted 125 mm Point outlet EB 3-PH 01 46 367 00 3 circuit point outlet, recessed 125 mm Point outlet AB 3-PH 02 46 315 00 3 circuit point outlet, surface-mounted 125 mm Point outlet EB 3-PH 02 46 317 00 3 circuit point outlet, recessed 125 mm 01 White 02 Silver 1000 500 500 The schematic diagrams show the load capability of the track with spotlights or other loads according to the number of fastening or suspension points. The inherent weight has been considered. 3 kg 333 333 333 3 kg 3 kg 3 kg 5 kg 333 333 333 5 kg 5 kg 5 kg 61

Accessories SncZRA-WA SncZBL-RI SncZBL-AM Honeycomb made of sheet steel, black texture powdercoated, similar to RAL 9005. Tool-free installation. For homogeneous glare reduction with flat viewing angles. Baffler ing made of sheet steel, black texture powdercoated, similar to RAL 9005. Tool-free installation. Reduction of spotlight luminance in defined beam areas via concentric rings. Lamps hield made of sheet steel, black texture powdercoated, similar to RAL 9005. Tool-free installation. Asymmetrical reduction of light emissions urface. Designation m mtoc SncZRA-WA 130 130 59 717 00 SncZRA-WA 150 150 59 718 00 Designation mmtoc SncZBL-RI 130 130 59 719 00 SncZBL-RI 150 150 59 720 00 Designation mmtoc SncZBL-AM 130 130 59 721 00 SncZBL-AM 150 150 59 722 00 SncZCS SncZF-UV SncZFC Colour discs made of glass, for use in spotlights, can be attached without tools. Designation Colour mmtoc SncZCS 111 rd red 111 59 709 00 SncZCS 130 rd red 130 59 710 00 SncZCS 111 gn green 111 59 711 00 SncZCS 130 gn green 130 59 712 00 SncZCS 111 bl blue 111 59 713 00 SncZCS 130 bl blue 130 59 714 00 SncZCS 111 ye yellow 111 59 715 00 SncZCS 130 ye yellow 130 59 716 00 UV blocking filter made of glass, for use in spotlights, can be attached without tools. Designation mmtoc SncZF-UV 111 111 59 699 00 SncZF-UV 130 130 59 700 00 Colour filters for use in spotlights for presentation of foodstuffs, attached without tools. ZFC-VE For use with fruit and vegetables. ZFC-BA For use with cheese and bakery goods. Designation mmtoc SncZFC-VE 111 111 59 701 00 SncZFC-VE 130 130 59 702 00 SncZFC-BA 111 111 59 703 00 SncZFC-BA 130 130 59 704 00 62

SncPoint 300 SncPoint 400 SncPoint 5 SncFlex 200 SncFlex 300 SncFlex 400 SncFlex 500 Filters TOC SncZF-UV 111 59 699 00 SncZF-UV 130 59 700 00 SncZFC-VE 111 59 701 00 SncZFC-VE 130 59 702 00 SncZFC-BA 111 59 703 00 SncZFC-BA 130 59 704 00 Colour discs SncZCS 111 rd 59 709 00 SncZCS 130 rd 59 710 00 SncZCS 111 gn 59 711 00 SncZCS 130 gn 59 712 00 SncZCS 111 bl 59 713 00 SncZCS 130 bl 59 714 00 SncZCS 111 ye 59 715 00 SncZCS 130 ye 59 716 00 Louvres/shields SncZRA-WA 130 59 717 00 SncZRA-WA 150 59 718 00 SncZBL-RI 130 59 719 00 SncZBL-RI 150 59 720 00 SncZBL-AM 130 59 721 00 SncZBL-AM 150 59 722 00 Reflector SncZBR-G 105 SP 59 705 00 SncZBR-G 105 MF 59 706 00 SncZBR-G 125 SP 59 707 00 SncZBR-G 125 MF 59 708 00 SncZBR-G Reflector, gold of aluminium, facetted, with spot and medium flood distribution characteristics. Designation m mtoc SncZBR-G 105 SP 105 59 705 00 SncZBR-G 105 MF 105 59 706 00 SncZBR-G 125 SP 125 59 707 00 SncZBR-G 125 MF 125 59 708 00 63

Surface-mounted, suspended and free-standing luminaires

66 Neximo LED

A unique character with the essence of current trends. Whether for general or workplace lighting, TRILUX Neximo wins over with an individual design, a new form of light emission and high efficiency thanks to daylight control and presence detection. A unique design: an organic light sculpture in an extremely flat construction with sophisticated matt-structured surface. Up-to-date: concept with modern pattern structure for a sophisticated office ambience, developed by Design Affairs and awarded the red dot. Unique light perception: the luminous structure between the lenses creates soft transitions and a pleasant, harmonious light perception. Photometrically variable: photometrically adapted versions respectively offer optimal light distribution for workplace and/or general lighting, and if desired with attractive continuous-line connectors. Conveniently efficient: version with sensor for daylight and presence control. LCL-Technology (Low Contrast Light technology) A pleasant perception of light due to TRILUX Low Contrast Light technology: illumination of the transitions reduces the sharp borders between bright LED light sources and dark surfaces. Line arrangement The attractive connector elements transform the appealing single luminaires into a homogeneous line. The continuous line represents perfect lighting and upgrades conference tables, reception desks and group workstations. 67

Neximo LED Exclusive suspended LED luminaire 654da IP20 0.5 joules 650 C Neximo H2 01 Application For innovative, prestigious general lighting in offices, meeting rooms, lounge areas, showrooms and public areas. H1 specifically for task-area lighting of single or double office workstations. Optical system Direct/indirect distribution. 58 high power LED s, 36 with indirect distribution, 22 with direct distribution, integrated in separate high performance precision lenses. LED with constant colour stability and a colour rendering index of Ra > 80 over the complete service life. Neutral white light colour ( nw ), colour temperature 4000 K, connected load 112 W. Suitable for VDU workstations according to EN 12464-1 via limited luminance L 1000 cd/m² for distribution characteristics above 65 all-round. LCL-Technology (Low Contrast Light technology) A pleasant perception of light with TRILUX Low Contrast Light technology: illumination of the transitions reduces the sharp borders between bright LED light sources and dark surfaces. H1 Total luminous flux 6200 lm. H2 Total luminous flux 6300 lm. Luminaire body Consisting of two extruded aluminium profiles, very slender appearance due to cross-section tapering upwards, finely textured powdercoated surface, construction height 28 mm. Die-cast end caps for homogenous end appearance. Includes 2-point wire suspension in Y-form and transparent cable for suspension lengths to 1500 mm. 01 White. I2 Black. Electrical version Electronic mains power integrated within luminaire. ETDD With digitally dimmable electronic transformer (DALI). ETDD+ActiM With digitally dimmable electronic transformer (DALI) and integrated ActiLume control device and sensor unit for daylight-dependent control and presence detection. Neximo H1 Neximo H2 68

Neximo H2 I2 Designation TOC Electrical Lamps/ Power kg version Luminous flux/ consumption ETDD Light colour White Neximo H1 LED 6200 nw 01 59 009 51 LED/6200 lm/nw 112 W 6.5 Neximo H1 LED 6200 nw +ActiM 01 59 011 51 LED/6200 lm/nw 112 W 6.5 Neximo H2 LED 6300 nw 01 59 013 51 LED/6300 lm/nw 112 W 6.5 Neximo H2 LED 6300 nw +ActiM 01 59 015 51 LED/6300 lm/nw 112 W 6.5 Black Neximo H1 LED 6200 nw I2 59 010 51 LED/6200 lm/nw 112 W 6.5 Neximo H1 LED 6200 nw +ActiM I2 59 012 51 LED/6200 lm/nw 112 W 6.5 Neximo H2 LED 6300 nw I2 59 014 51 LED/6300 lm/nw 112 W 6.5 Neximo H2 LED 6300 nw +ActiM I2 59 016 51 LED/6300 lm/nw 112 W 6.5 Neximo 60 1440 28 80 160 1455 1600 140 69

Enspiro LED Efficient and elegant in every sense of the word. TRILUX Enspiro with a construction height of only 18 mm achieves maximum light output grade, and was presented with the if product design award 2010 for its elegant and minimalist design. Fascinating: minimalist light emission below. Upgrading the room: discreet light in elegant form. Adaptable: can be harmoniously integrated into any interior design. Modern: uniquely flat, purist design. Energy-saving: high lumen yield with optimised power consumption, additional savings with ActiLume light management system. 70

New possibilities with LED The distinctly flat construction height of only 18 mm would not be possible with conventional photometrics. This is where Enspiro really takes advantage of its strengths. A reduced form, minimalist light emission and a unique design. And all that with a luminous flux of almost 6000 lumen and power consumption of only 102 watt. Innovative light emission The precise, glare-free light control of the compact optical system avoids unnecessary light spill. Two outer segments each with 6 direct distribution LEDs guide the light asymmetrically onto the illuminated area. The wide-angle light distribution indirect output of Enspiro with 36 LEDs ensures generous room illumination. The result: fascinating office lighting in accordance with standards. 71

Enspiro LED Exclusive suspended LED luminaire 654da IP20 0.2 joules 650 C Enspiro H LED 01 Application For innovative and prestigious office lighting, especially the workzone-oriented lighting of single or double workstations in offices, for meeting rooms, lounge areas, showrooms and public areas. Optical system Direct/indirect distribution. 48 high power LEDs, integrated in separate mini LED louvres with UXP technology. Eight LED segments doubling as square cooling units integrated into the luminaire body ensure optimal thermal management, whereby six have indirect, symmetrical light distribution and the remaining 2 on the outside have direct, asymmetrical distribution. LED with constant colour stability and a colour rendering index of Ra > 80 over the complete service life. Suitable for VDU workstations according to EN 12464-1 via limited luminance L 1000 cd/m² for distribution characteristics above 65 all-round. nw Neutral white light colour, colour temperature 4000 K. Luminaire body Very flat aluminium section with colour highlighted, flush end caps of anodised aluminium. Visible construction height 18 mm. With integral plastic cover made of poly carbonate for protection of the indirect optics against soiling. Includes 2-point wire suspension in Y-form, transparent cable for suspension lengths to 1500 mm and square ceiling rose, white. 01 White. I2 Black. Electrical version Electronic power supply integrated within luminaire. ET With electronic transformer. ETDD With digitally dimmable electronic transformer (DALI). ETDD+ActiM With digitally dimmable electronic transformer (DALI) and integrated ActiLume control device and sensor unit for daylight-dependent control and presence detection. Enspiro H LED 72

Enspiro H LED I2 Designation TOC Electrical Lamps/ Power kg version Luminous flux/ consumption ET ETDD Light colour White Enspiro H LED 6000 nw 01 58 985 40 51 LED/6000 lm/nw 102 W 6.8 Enspiro H LED 6000 nw +ActiM 01 58 988 51 LED/6000 lm/nw 102 W 6.8 Black Enspiro H LED 6000 nw I2 58 986 40 51 LED/6000 lm/nw 102 W 6.8 Enspiro H LED 6000 nw +ActiM I2 58 989 51 LED/6000 lm/nw 102 W 6.8 Enspiro H LED 1214 18 160 E 4 4 1520 73

74 Solvan Black

A reduced form with an elegant room effect. The classic black appearance of Solvan Black and the haptic and visual quality of the end caps create a distinct presence in the room without being obtrusive. Thanks to the classically pure construction form, areas of application for Solvan Black are without limits. Elegant: design-oriented, black luminaire body with colour accentuating end caps of anodised aluminium. Diverse: various optical systems for optimal illumination of both horizontal and vertical surfaces, also suitable for continuous lines. Award-winning: awarded the red dot in 2009. Complete: supplied ready for installation with 1-point wire suspension, transparent cable and high quality end caps. 75

SolvanB Decorative suspended luminaire with cover made of PLEXIGLAS (OTA) 654da IP20 0.2 joules 650 C SolvanB H1 OTA Application Very slender decorative suspended luminaire with filigree cubic form, end caps colour differentiated from luminaire body. For visual and sensory lighting in conference and office areas, corridors, foyers, and exhibition and sales areas. Optical system Direct/indirect distribution. Opal cover, flush mounted to luminaire housing. OTA with finely textured surface made of PLEXIGLAS. C0-C180 SolvanB H1 OTA 135/49/80 UTE: 0.40 E + 0.27 T DIN 5040: C43 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/1/BZ 4 Luminaire body Filigree, elegant cubic form, end caps colour differentiated from luminaire body. Sheet steel luminaire body, matt black, Noir 200 colour code ( I2 ), finely texture-coated. Aluminium end caps, matt anodised. Preinstalled transparent cable for suspension lengths to 2000 mm, pre-installed wire suspension. Design ceiling rose must be ordered separately. Electrical version E With electronic multi-lamp control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic multi-lamp control gear (DALI). 76

Lamp data 193 Designation TOC Electrical Lamps B kg version E EDD W mm SolvanB H1 OTA 128/54 I2 58 419 04 07 1 x 28/54 85 2.7 SolvanB H1 OTA 135/49/80 I2 58 420 04 07 1 x 35/49/80 85 3.3 Accessories TOC Description Ceiling rose ZAE/01 46 917 00 Square, white ZAE/03 46 918 00 Square, metallic grey ZAA/01 46 017 00 Round, white ZAA/03 46 018 00 Round, silver-grey SolvanB H 70 28 1120/28W/54W 1420/35W/49W/80W 28 B 20 1176/28W/54W 1476/35W/49W/80W E 62 20 77

SolvanB Suspended luminaires with ultra-low cross-section louvre with UXP-Technology or with UXP-AD task-area louvre 654da IP20 0.2 joules 850 C SolvanB H1 UXP-H SolvanB H2 UXP-AD Application Slimline suspended luminaire with filigree cubic form for the visual and sensory lighting of conference and office areas, corridors, foyers, exhibition and sales areas. UXP-AD Specifically for the task-area lighting of single or double office workstations with computer screens. Optical systems Direct/indirect distribution. Ultra-low crosssection louvre with UXP-Technology, reflectance value 98%. Suitable for VDU workstations according to EN 12464-1 via reduced luminance L 1000 cd/m² for distribution characteristics above 65 all-round. UXP-H Highly-specular, light spill 3 %. UXP-S Semi-specular. UXP-AD Special workzone louvre with UXP-Technology, highly-specular, light spill 3 %. Integral light-focus lamellae achieve high-contrast, glare-free lighting over the workzone. Electrical version 28/54, 35/49 and 35/49/80 with multi-lamp technology for operation of T5 lamps with varying wattages. E With electronic multi-lamp control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic multi-lamp control gear (DALI). EDD+ActiM With digitally dimmable, electronic multi-lamp control gear (DALI) and integral ActiLume control device and sensor unit for daylight-dependent control and presence detection. C0-C180 SolvanB H1-L UXP-H 149 UTE: 0.52 B + 0.28 T DIN 5040: B63 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 1 C0-C180 SolvanB H2 UXP-AD 249 UTE: 0.18 D + 0.54 T DIN 5040: D23 CIBSE: BZ 3/1.25/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/1/BZ 3 Luminaire body Filigree, elegant cubic form, end caps colour differentiated from luminaire body. Sheet steel luminaire body, matt black, Noir 200 colour code ( I2 ), finely texture-coated. Aluminium end caps, matt anodised. Pre-installed transparent cable for suspension lengths to 2000 mm, pre-installed wire suspension. Design ceiling rose must be ordered separately. 78

Lamp data 193 Designation TOC Electrical Lamps B kg version E EDD W mm SolvanB H1 UXP-H 128/54 I2 58 421 04 07 1 x 28/54 85 2.0 SolvanB H1 UXP-H 135/49/80 I2 58 422 04 07 1 x 35/49/80 85 2.4 SolvanB H1 UXP-S 128/54 I2 58 423 04 07 1 x 28/54 85 2.0 SolvanB H1 UXP-S 135/49/80 I2 58 424 04 07 1 x 35/49/80 85 2.4 SolvanB H2 UXP-AD 228/54 I2 58 425 04 07 2 x 28/54 101 2.5 SolvanB H2 UXP-AD 228/54 +ActiM I2 58 426 07 2 x 28/54 101 2.5 SolvanB H2 UXP-AD 235/49 I2 58 427 04 2 x 35/49 101 2.9 SolvanB H2 UXP-AD 235/49/80 I2 58 428 07 2 x 35/49/80 101 2.9 SolvanB H2 UXP-AD 235/49/80 +ActiM I2 58 429 07 2 x 35/49/80 101 2.9 SolvanB H2 UXP-AD 280 I2 58 430 04 2 x 80 101 2.9 Accessories TOC Description Ceiling rose ZAE/01 46 917 00 Square, white ZAE/03 46 918 00 Square, metallic grey ZAA/01 46 017 00 Round, white ZAA/03 46 018 00 Round, silver-grey SolvanB H 70 28 1120/28W/54W 1420/35W/49W/80W 28 B 20 1176/28W/54W 1476/35W/49W/80W E 62 20 79

Valuco und Valuco Active Classic, with versatile applications. TRILUX Valuco immediately assumes the role of a classic and versatile design luminaire within the TRILUX ranges. Its concise, clear design language in the form of a flat, white diffuser luminaire body with end caps solves various application tasks without appearing arbitrary. 80

Valuco Active Colour-dynamic light for more dynamism in their heads. TRILUX Valuco Active has an activating effect. Because upon demand it creates cooler light for work requiring concentration imitating the example of the naturally blue morning sky. Activating: combines lighting for concentrated work with activating, general lighting. Striking: an uncomplicated form with cubic elements. Highly-specular: an inner filigree specular louvre featuring UXP-Technology for maximum lighting quality. Independent: an integral light management system (luminaires with LGC controller) for simple installation of the lighting system. Clean: an all-round sealed luminaire reliably protects against external influences; is easy to clean and prevents soiling of the louvre. The family philosophy Whether as a ceiling, wall mounted or freestanding luminaire, as a continuous line, or as a suspended, symmetrical appearance twin diffuser variation TRILUX Valuco is always perceived with a highly characteristic retro flavour. But only the exterior has the appearance of being unobtrusively nostalgic. The luminaire conceals advanced technology within. Valuco Active Sunlight on a cloudless day has a pleasant effect, promotes powers of concentration and ensures optimal visual conditions. We have taken that as our role model. Valuco Active combines two lighting components to achieve daylight-similar lighting: Directed light with lower colour temperature corresponds to the direct ingress of sunlight, and diffuse stray light with a high blue component represents diffuse daytime sky. Setting accents The Valuco free-standing luminaire is predestined for accenting or supplementing existing Valuco lighting solutions. As a special feature, the free-standing luminaire version has an integral touch dimming function for direct control. 81

Valuco S Free-standing luminaires with decorative black and white design, with matt opal twin diffuser 654da IP40 1 joule 650 C PC 850 C Valuco S 239 Valuco S 254 Application Decorative supplementary lighting, especially for hotels, wellness, health, rehabilitation centres, sanatoriums and care homes. C0-C180 Optical system Two matt opal PLEXIGLAS diffusers in vertical configuration, with finely textured, matt decorative surfaces, on a recessed black sub-structure. PC Diffuser made of polycarbonate. Valuco S 228/54 UTE: 0.36 J + 0.36 T DIN 5040: C11 CIBSE: BZ 10 NBN L 14-002: BZ 10 Luminaire body Base of steel, rectangular stand section and aluminium frame construction, upper end cap made of plastic, all components black. Electrical connection With ZALW connection cable, 2500 mm long, coiled in baseplate to save space. Electrical version With dimmable electronic control gear and flush mounted proximity switch in end cap for switching and dimming of luminaire. 82

Lamp data 193 Designation TOC Electrical Lamps Height kg version EDWmm Valuco S 239 57 150 05 2 x 39 1200 12.0 Valuco S 254 57 152 05 2 x 54 1500 13.0 Valuco S 239 PC 57 151 05 2 x 39 1200 12.0 Valuco S 254 PC 57 153 05 2 x 54 1500 13.0 Accessories TOC Description Connection cable* ZALW/2500 EU 47 501 00 Black, length 2500 mm, for Germany and rest of Europe ZALW/2500 CH 47 502 00 Black, length 2500 mm, for Switzerland ZALW/2500 GB 47 503 00 Black, length 2500 mm, for Great Britain ZALW/2500 IT 47 504 00 Black, length 2500 mm, for Italy * ZALW/2500 EU included in scope of supply. Please order ZALW/ CH, GB or IT separately. Valuco S 239 Valuco S 254 200 96 200 96 1200/39W 312 12 68 171 320 1500/54W 68 320 220 220 312 12 171 320 320 220 220 83

Valuco Active Surface-mounted luminaires for colour-dynamic light 654da IP40 1 joule 650 C ValucoAct D-UXP Application Colour-dynamic light for activating lighting in offices, sales areas, schools, recreation rooms, showrooms, public areas and corridors as well as in the areas of wellness, health, rehabilitation centres, sanatoriums and care homes. Optical system Optimised for the combination of two separate light outputs for T5 fluorescent lamps with differing light colours. The diffuser covering the luminaire body is in co-extruded PLEXIGLAS, matt opal longitudinally, for diffuse light distribution. Diffuser is transparent in the centre with inner, ultra-low cross-section louvre for direct, narrow light distribution. Louvre with UXP-Technology, highly-specular with highly reflective surface, total reflection 98 %. Suitable for VDU workstations according to EN 12464-1 via limited luminance L 1000 cd/m² for distribution characteristics above 65 all-round. C0-C180 ValucoAct D-UXP 349 UTE: 0.50 D + 0.07 T DIN 5040: B41 CIBSE: BZ 3/1.5/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 Luminaire body Sheet steel, black. The protruding plastic end caps give the characteristic appearance of a translucent body. 01 White. Electrical version Versions 35/49 with multi-lamp technology. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). EDD+LGC With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI) and integral LIGHTGATE control device for daylight-dependent control and presence detection. 84

Accessories 89 Light management 186 Lamp data 193 ValucoAct D-UXP 01 Designation TOC Electrical Lamps kg version EDDW ValucoAct D-UXP/328 58 923 07 3 x 28 5.3 ValucoAct D-UXP/335/49 58 921 07 3 x 35/49 6.1 ValucoAct D-UXP/328 01 59 747 07 3 x 28 5.3 ValucoAct D-UXP/335/49 01 59 745 07 3 x 35/49 6.1 Master luminaires with integral LightGate light management controller ValucoAct D-UXP/328 +LGC 58 922 07 3 x 28 5.3 ValucoAct D-UXP/335/49 +LGC 58 920 07 3 x 35/49 6.1 ValucoAct D-UXP/328 +LGC 01 59 746 07 3 x 28 5.3 ValucoAct D-UXP/335/49 +LGC 01 59 744 07 3 x 35/49 6.1 ValucoAct D-UXP/328 35 30 30 ValucoAct D-UXP/335 35 30 30 200 30 EDD 200 30 25 EDD 76 950 1195 76 1250 1495 35 30 45 35 30 41 200 30 365 EDD+LGC 200 30 260 25 EDD+LGC 76 950 1195 76 1250 1495 85

Valuco D Surface-mounted luminaires with decorative black and white design, with matt opal diffuser or diffuser/louvre combination cover 654da IP40 1 joule 650 C PC 850 C UXP Valuco D Application Offices, sales areas, schools, recreation rooms, showrooms, public areas and corridors as well as in the areas of wellness, health, rehabilitation centres, sanatoriums and care homes. UXP Especially for workstations with computer screens. Also suitable for suspended mounting, vertical and horizontal wall mounting. Optical system Matt opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser surrounding luminaire body with finely textured, matt decorative surface. Inner reflector made of sheet steel, highly reflective, coated white. UXP Diffuser in co-extruded version made of PLEXIGLAS, transparent in the centre, matt opal longitudinally. Inner ultra-low crosssection louvre with UXP-Technology, highlyspecular with highly reflective surface, total reflection 98 %. Suitable for VDU workstations according to EN 12464-1 via limited luminance L 1000 cd/m² for distribution characteristics above 65 all-round. PC Diffuser made of polycarbonate. Luminaire body Sheet steel, black. The protruding plastic end caps give the characteristic appearance of a translucent body. Electrical version 28/54 and 35/49 versions with multilamp technology for operation of T5 lamps with varying wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). C0-C180 Valuco D 235/49 UTE: 0.56 G + 0.09 T DIN 5040: B31 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5 Valuco D 2 86

Accessories 89 Lamp data 193 Valuco D-UXP Designation TOC Electrical version Lamps L kg E EDDWmm Valuco D 128/54 56 808 04 07 1 x 28/54 1195 4.5 Valuco D 128/54 PC 56 809 04 07 1 x 28/54 1195 4.5 Valuco D 135/49/80 56 810 04 07 1 x 35/49/80 1495 5.2 Valuco D 135/49/80 PC 56 811 04 07 1 x 35/49/80 1495 5.2 Valuco D 214 56 608 04 07 2 x 14 595 3.3 Valuco D 214 PC 56 607 04 07 2 x 14 595 3.3 Valuco D 224 56 649 04 2 x 24 595 3.3 Valuco D 224 PC 56 650 04 2 x 24 595 3.3 Valuco D 228 56 609 04 07 2 x 28 1195 3.8 Valuco D 228 PC 56 606 04 07 2 x 28 1195 3.8 Valuco D 254 56 651 04 2 x 54 1195 3.8 Valuco D 254 PC 56 652 04 2 x 54 1195 3.8 Valuco D 235/49 56 610 04 07 2 x 35/49 1495 4.4 Valuco D 235/49 PC 56 605 04 07 2 x 35/49 1495 4.4 Valuco D 328 56 611 04 07 3 x 28 1195 4.5 Valuco D 328 PC 56 604 04 07 3 x 28 1195 4.5 Valuco D 335/49 56 612 04 07 3 x 35/49 1495 5.2 Valuco D 335/49 PC 56 603 04 07 3 x 35/49 1495 5.2 Valuco D-UXP/128/54 56 613 04 07 1 x 28/54 1195 4.5 Valuco D-UXP/135/49/80 56 614 04 07 1 x 35/49/80 1495 5.2 Valuco D 1, Valuco D 3, Valuco D-UXP 1 87

Valuco H Suspended luminaires with decorative black and white design, with matt opal diffusers Accessories 89 Lamp data 193 654da IP40 1 joule 650 C PC 850 C Valuco H + ZST Application Offices, sales areas, schools, recreation rooms, showrooms, public areas and corridors as well as in the areas of wellness, health, rehabilitation centres, sanatoriums and care homes. Optical system Matt opal PLEXIGLAS diffusers surrounding luminaire body, on room and ceiling side, with finely textured, matt decorative surface. PC Diffuser made of polycarbonate. Luminaire body Sheet steel, black. The protruding plastic end caps give the characteristic appearance of a translucent body. Please order wire suspension and mains cable separately. Designation* TOC Electrical Lamps L kg version E EDD W mm Valuco H 228/54 56 641 04 07 2 x 28/54 1200 4.6 Valuco H 228/54 PC 56 645 04 07 2 x 28/54 1200 4.6 Valuco H 235/49 56 653 04 2 x 35/49 1500 6.3 Valuco H 235/49 PC 56 654 04 2 x 35/49 1500 6.3 Valuco H 280 56 655 04 2 x 80 1500 6.3 Valuco H 280 PC 56 656 04 2 x 80 1500 6.3 Valuco H 235/49/80 56 642 07 2 x 35/49/80 1500 6.3 Valuco H 235/49/80 PC 56 646 07 2 x 35/49/80 1500 6.3 Valuco H 428 56 643 04 07 4 x 28 1200 5.0 Valuco H 428 PC 56 647 04 07 4 x 28 1200 5.0 Valuco H 435/49 56 644 04 07 4 x 35/49 1500 6.7 Valuco H 435/49 PC 56 648 04 07 4 x 35/49 1500 6.7 * Please order wire suspension and mains cable separately. C0-C180 Electrical version 28/54 and 35/49 versions with multilamp technology for operation of T5 lamps with varying wattages. E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Valuco H 235/49/80 UTE: 0.37 G + 0.37 T DIN 5040: C32 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6/.8/BZ 5/2/BZ 6/ 2.5/BZ 5/4/BZ 6 Valuco H 88

Valuco Accessories Continuous line coupling Continuous line coupling, aluminium, black, for connecting of two Valuco D luminaires, 1 piece. Please order wire suspension separately. Designation TOC Description Valuco ZLK 80 56 752 00 1 piece, black, 80 mm Valuco ZLK 180 58 633 00 1 piece, black, 180 mm Valuco ZLK 180 LED EB3H 58 630 00 1 piece, black, 180 mm, individual battery system, LED 3 W, nominal operation time 3 hours. Ceiling rose for Valuco D and H (not shown) Valuco ZLK 80 Designation TOC Description ZAE/01 46 917 00 1 piece, square, white (not shown) ZAA/01 46 017 00 1 piece, round, white (not shown) Wire suspension for Valuco D and H 1 piece, 4-point and 2-point wire suspensions for suspension lengths up to 1000 mm and 2000 mm. Designation TOC Description Valuco ZS/1000 56 621 00 4-point, 1000 mm (not shown) Valuco ZS/2000 56 622 00 4-point, 2000 mm (not shown) Valuco ZST/1000 56 623 00 2-point, 1000 mm Valuco ZST/2000 56 624 00 2-point, 2000 mm Through-wiring for Valuco D continuous line luminaires Through-wiring in combination with Valuco ZLK continuous line couplings. Valuco ZST/ Designation TOC Description for luminaires Valuco ZDV/315/28 56 616 00 3 x 1.5 mm 2 28 W/54 W Valuco ZDV/315/35 56 617 00 3 x 1.5 mm 2 35 W/49 W/80 W Valuco ZDV/515/28 56 619 00 5 x 1.5 mm 2 28 W/54 W Valuco ZDV/515/35 56 620 00 5 x 1.5 mm 2 35 W/49 W/80 W Valuco ZDV/315/28 UXP 58 629 00 3 x 1.5 mm 2 28 W/54 W, in UXP version Valuco ZDV/315/35 UXP 58 628 00 5 x 1.5 mm 2 35 W/49 W/80 W, in UXP version Valuco ZDV/515/28 UXP 58 627 00 3 x 1.5 mm 2 28 W/54 W, in UXP version Valuco ZDV/515/35 UXP 58 626 00 5 x 1.5 mm 2 35 W/49 W/80 W, in UXP version Mains cables for Valuco D, suspended Cable, transparent, for Valuco D surface-mounted and suspended luminaires. Designation TOC Description Suspension length to Valuco D ZZT/3075/1000 56 625 00 3 x 0.75 mm 2 1000 mm Valuco D ZZT/3075/2000 56 626 00 3 x 0.75 mm 2 2000 mm Valuco D ZZT/315/1000 56 627 00 3 x 1.5 mm 2 1000 mm Valuco D ZZT/315/2000 56 628 00 3 x 1.5 mm 2 2000 mm Valuco D ZZT/5075/1000 56 629 00 5 x 0.75 mm 2 1000 mm Valuco D ZZT/5075/2000 56 630 00 5 x 0.75 mm 2 2000 mm Valuco D ZZT/515/1000 56 631 00 5 x 1.5 mm 2 1000 mm Valuco D ZZT/515/2000 56 632 00 5 x 1.5 mm 2 2000 mm Valuco EB ZZT/3075/1000 58 631 00 3 x 0.75 mm 2 1000 mm, for ZLK 180 LED EB3H Valuco EB ZZT/3075/2000 58 632 00 3 x 0.75 mm 2 2000 mm, for ZLK 180 LED EB3H Valuco H mains cables Cable, transparent, for Valuco H suspended luminaires. Designation TOC Description Suspension length to Valuco H ZZT/3075/1000 56 633 00 3 x 0.75 mm 2 1000 mm Valuco H ZZT/3075/2000 56 634 00 3 x 0.75 mm 2 2000 mm Valuco H ZZT/315/1000 56 635 00 3 x 1.5 mm 2 1000 mm Valuco H ZZT/315/2000 56 636 00 3 x 1.5 mm 2 2000 mm Valuco H ZZT/5075/1000 56 637 00 5 x 0.75 mm 2 1000 mm Valuco H ZZT/5075/2000 56 638 00 5 x 0.75 mm 2 2000 mm Valuco H ZZT/515/1000 56 639 00 5 x 1.5 mm 2 1000 mm Valuco H ZZT/515/2000 56 640 00 5 x 1.5 mm 2 2000 mm 89

90 504 /505

Flexibility and maximum efficiency. The established all-rounders with highly efficient silver optics achieve light output ratios of more than 90 %, and are now equipped as standard with energy-saving light management components. Efficient: maximum efficiency via RPX/RSX louvre featuring silver optics (reflectance value > 98 %). Frugal: energy savings via daylight dependent control and presence detection. Versatile: available as surface-mounted and suspended luminaires, also for continuous lines, and with various louvre types. Highly versatile for use in offices, educational establishments and public buildings thanks to a pleasantly discreet design. Daylight-dependent light control The combination of dimmable luminaires and TRILUX light management systems makes lighting highly efficient. The system combines automatic presence detection and constant light control for maximum energy saving. The operation and setting up is child s play, using plug and play principles. 91

Series 504 Surface-mounted luminaires with RPX, RSX parabolic louvre of silver-coated aluminium Accessories 96 Lamp data 193 654da IP20 0.2 joules 650 C 5041 RPX-L 5041 RSX-L Application Education and training, offices, sales areas, showrooms, banks and ticket halls, and especially VDU workstations. Optical systems Direct distribution. Suitable for VDU workstations according to EN 12464-1 via limited luminance L 1000 cd/m² for distribution characteristics above 65 all-round. RPX Energy-efficient parabolic louvre, highly-specular, with reflection-intensifying silver surface, reflectance value > 98 %. RSX Energy-efficient parabolic louvre, semi-specular, with reflection-intensifying silver surface, reflectance value > 98 %. Louvre mounting and electrical earthing via spring-tensioned clips. Louvre can be hinged downwards and unhooked on both sides without tools. Luminaire body Sheet steel, white powder-coated. Elegant rectangular design with longitudinal, 40 mm wide trim. Luminaire body with integral coupling profiles for precise alignment of continuous lines with non-interrupted louvres. Please order end caps for individual luminaires or continuous line ends separately. Designation TOC Electrical Lamps D D1 D2 kg version EDD W mm RPX 5041 RPX-L/35/49/80 +ActiM* 58 473 07 1 x 35/49/80 1200 158 293 4.0 5041 RPX-L/35/49/80 +LGM* 58 690 07 1 x 35/49/80 1200 158 293 4.0 5041 RPX-L/35/49/80 +LGS* 58 773 07 1 x 35/49/80 1200 158 293 4.0 RSX 5041 RSX-L/35/49/80 +ActiM* 58 692 07 1 x 35/49/80 1200 158 293 4.0 5041 RSX-L/35/49/80 +LGM* 58 781 07 1 x 35/49/80 1200 158 293 4.0 5041 RSX-L/35/49/80 +LGS* 58 774 07 1 x 35/49/80 1200 158 293 4.0 * Please order end caps separately. C0-C180 5041 RPX-L/49 E UTE: 0.89 B + 0.00 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 C0-C180 5041 RSX-L/49 E UTE: 0.89 B + 0.00 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 Electrical version EDD+ActiM With digitally dimmable, electronic multi-lamp control gear (DALI) and integral ActiLume control device and sensor unit for daylight-dependent control and presence detection. EDD+LGM With digitally dimmable, electronic multi-lamp control gear (DALI) and integral LIGHTGATE control device and sensor unit for daylight-dependent control and presence detection. EDD+LGS With digitally dimmable, electronic multi-lamp control gear (DALI) and integral LIGHTGATE control device and sensor unit for expansion of the daylight-dependent control and presence detection. 5041 92

Series 504 Surface-mounted luminaires with RPXA, RSXA asymmetrical parabolic louvre and RAV wallwasher reflector made of silver-coated aluminium Accessories 96 Lamp data 193 654da IP20 0.2 joules 650 C 5041 RPXA-L 5041 RAV-L Application Education and training, offices, sales areas, showrooms, banks and ticket halls. Optical systems Direct distribution. RPXA Energy-efficient parabolic louvre with asymmetrical light distribution, highlyspecular, with reflection-intensifying silver surface, reflectance value > 98 %. RSXA Energy-efficient parabolic louvre with asymmetrical light distribution, semispecular, with reflection-intensifying silver surface, reflectance value > 98 %. RAV Wallwasher reflector for asymmetrical light distribution. Reflector made of ultrapure aluminium, highly-specular anodised. Louvre mounting and electrical earthing via spring-tensioned clips. Louvre can be hinged downwards and unhooked on both sides without tools. Luminaire body Sheet steel, white powder-coated. Elegant rectangular design with longitudinal, 40 mm wide rim. Luminaire body with integral coupling profiles for precise alignment of continuous lines with non-interrupted louvres. Please order end caps for individual luminaires or continuous line ends separately. Designation TOC Electrical Lamps D D1 D2 kg version E EDD W mm RPXA 5041 RPXA-L/28/54 * 58 676 04 1 x 28/54 900 158 293 3.3 5041 RPXA-L/35/49/80 * 39 174 04 07 1 x 35/49/80 1200 158 293 3.9 RSXA 5041 RSXA-L/28/54 * 58 677 04 1 x 28/54 900 158 293 3.3 5041 RSXA-L/35/49/80 * 41 279 04 07 1 x 35/49/80 1200 158 293 3.9 RAV 5041 RAV-L/35/49/80 * 58 488 04 07 1 x 35/49/80 1200 158 293 3.9 * Please order end caps separately. C0-C180 C0-C180 5041 RPXA-L/49 E UTE: 0.80 B DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 5041 RSXA-L/49 E UTE: 0.80 B DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 C0-C180 5041 RAV-L/49 E UTE: 0.86 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/2/BZ 4 Electrical version E With electronic multi-lamp control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic multi-lamp control gear (DALI). 5041 93

Series 505 Suspended luminaires with RPX highly-specular parabolic louvre of silver-coated aluminium Accessories 96 Lamp data 193 654da IP20 0.2 joules 650 C 5051 RPX-L Application Education and training, offices, sales areas, showrooms, banks and ticket halls, and especially VDU workstations. Optical system Direct/indirect distribution. Energy-efficient parabolic louvre, highly-specular, with reflection-intensifying silver surface, reflectance value > 98 %, suitable for VDU workstations in accordance with EN 12464-1 via reduced luminance L 1000 cd/m² for distribution characteristics above 65 all round. RPX Highly-specular. Louvre mounting and electrical earthing via spring-tensioned clips. Louvre can be hinged downwards and unhooked on both sides without tools. Designation* TOC Electrical Lamps D D1 kg version EDD W mm 5051 RPX-L/35/49/80 +ActiM* 58 694 07 1 x 35/49/80 1493 11 3.8 5051 RPX-L/35/49/80 +LGM* 58 693 07 1 x 35/49/80 1493 11 3.8 5051 RPX-L/35/49/80 +LGS* 58 772 07 1 x 35/49/80 1493 11 3.8 * Please order end caps for individual luminaires or for continuous line ends separately. 5051 RPX-L/49 E UTE: 0.56 C + 0.35 T DIN 5040: B53 CIBSE: BZ 3/1/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 Luminaire body Sheet steel, white powder-coated. Elegant rectangular design with longitudinal, 40 mm wide rim. Luminaire body with integral coupling profiles for precise alignment of continuous lines with non-interrupted louvres. Please order end caps for individual luminaires or continuous line ends separately. Electrical version EDD+ActiM With digitally dimmable, electronic multi-lamp control gear (DALI) and integral ActiLume control device and sensor unit for daylight-dependent control and presence detection. EDD+LGM With digitally dimmable, electronic multi-lamp control gear (DALI) and integral LIGHTGATE control device and sensor unit for daylight-dependent control and presence detection. EDD+LGS With digitally dimmable, electronic multi-lamp control gear (DALI) and integral LIGHTGATE sensor unit for the expansion of daylight-dependent control and presence detection. 5051 RPX-L 94

Series 505 Suspended luminaires with RSX semi-specular parabolic louvre of silver-coated aluminium Accessories 96 Lamp data 193 654da IP20 0.2 joules 650 C 5051 RSX-L Application Education and training, offices, sales areas, showrooms, banks and ticket halls, and especially VDU workstations. Optical system Direct/indirect distribution. Energy-efficient parabolic louvre, highly-specular, with reflection-intensifying silver surface, reflectance value > 98 %, suitable for VDU workstations in accordance with EN 12464-1 via reduced luminance L 1000 cd/m² for distribution characteristics above 65 all round. RSX Semi-specular. Louvre mounting and electrical earthing via spring-tensioned clips. Louvre can be hinged downwards and unhooked on both sides without tools. Designation* TOC Electrical Lamps D D1 kg version EDD W mm 5051 RSX-L/35/49/80 +ActiM* 58 769 07 1 x 35/49/80 1493 11 3.8 5051 RSX-L/35/49/80 +LGM* 58 770 07 1 x 35/49/80 1493 11 3.8 5051 RSX-L/35/49/80 +LGS* 58 771 07 1 x 35/49/80 1493 11 3.8 * Please order end caps for individual luminaires or for continuous line ends separately. 5051 RSX-L/49 E UTE: 0.56 C + 0.35 T DIN 5040: B53 CIBSE: BZ 3/1/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 Luminaire body Sheet steel, white powder-coated. Elegant rectangular design with longitudinal, 40 mm wide rim. Luminaire body with integral coupling profiles for precise alignment of continuous lines with non-interrupted louvres. Please order end caps for individual luminaires or continuous line ends separately. Electrical version EDD+ActiM With digitally dimmable, electronic multi-lamp control gear (DALI) and integral ActiLume control device and sensor unit for daylight-dependent control and presence detection. EDD+LGM With digitally dimmable, electronic multi-lamp control gear (DALI) and integral LIGHTGATE control device and sensor unit for daylight-dependent control and presence detection. EDD+LGS With digitally dimmable, electronic multi-lamp control gear (DALI) and integral LIGHTGATE sensor unit for the expansion of daylight-dependent control and presence detection. 5051 RSX-L 95

Series 504, 505 Accessories Node 1 piece, for up to four branchings, adjustable with freely selected angle of 90 to 270. Die-cast aluminium, white. A 03 D 22 315 00 Adapter end cap 1 piece, die-cast aluminium, white, for connection to A 03 nodes, with 5-core 1.5 mm² through-wiring. Ceiling distance plate (not shown) 1 pair, plastic, white, for ceiling distance mounting of 504 luminaires together with A 03 D nodes. 1 pair of ceiling distance plates is required per luminaire. 05041 KA 21 539 00 05000 DD 21 513 00 Ordering example: Continuous line configuration according to above diagram with 8 luminaires 5041 RPX-L/35/49/80 E 6 luminaires 5041 RPX-L/28/54 E 14 end caps 05041 KA 6 nodes A 03 D 14 pairs distance plates 05000 DD 4 through-wiring sets 3700/5LV/58 3 through-wiring sets 3700/5LV/36 Through-wiring Colour-coded, heat-resistant individual cables, 1.5 mm². 3LV 3-conductor through-wiring. 5LV 5-conductor through-wiring. 3700/3LV/36 11 450 00 For 28 W, 54 W luminaires. 3700/5LV/36 11 452 00 For 28 W, 54 W luminaires. 3700/3LV/58 11 451 00 For 35 W, 49 W, 80 W luminaires. 3700/5LV/58 11 453 00 For 35 W, 49 W, 80 W luminaires. 07690/5LV/25m 21 890 00 For L luminaires. 96

Node with wire suspension 1 piece, consisting of: 1 node as with A 03 D, 1 steel wire, 2.0 mm, for suspension lengths to 1.5 m, 1 ceiling fixing element. End caps 1 pair, for single luminaires and the frontsides of continuous lines. Plastic, white. Can be attached without tools. A 03 S 29 284 00 05041 K 21 538 00 Counter-balance weight (not shown) Required for mounting to node A 03 S and grid 07690. 05000 A19 21 501 00 05000 A25 43 798 00 05000 A26 43 799 00 05000 A27 43 800 00 Wiring connection unit* (not shown) 1 set, for mains feeding with 05051 S, 05051 S/2m, consisting of necessary strain relief system, fastening screws and connector terminal, 4 x 2.5 mm². 05000 ESBN 21 517 00 Wire suspension 1 piece, for suspended mounting of 5041 and 5051 luminaires, consisting of: 1 ceiling fixing bracket, steel, galvanised, 1 steel wire, 1.0 mm, 2 luminaire fixing clamps, 1 ceiling trim, plastic, white. 05051 S 21 543 00 Suspension height to 1.0 m 05051 S/2m 21 544 00 Suspension height to 2.0 m PLEXIGLAS cover 1 piece, can be attached without tools. For protection against soiling of lamp and optical system with suspended louvre luminaires 505. Feeding tube* 1 piece, plastic, white, 10 mm, can be cut to specification on-site. For routing and cladding of mains connection cable. Ceiling rose* 1 piece, for connection of power feed line via ceiling outlets. Suitable for accommodation of A 03 S ceiling fixing element. 05051 P/1200 21 541 00 For luminaires 5051 R 28 W, 54 W. 05051 P/1500 21 542 00 For luminaires 5051 R 35 W, 49 W, 80 W. 05000 ZR 21 525 00 1 m long, together with 05051 S. 05000 ZR/2m 21 526 00 2 m long, together with 05051 S/2m or A 03 S with 05900 AN. 05900 AN 21 726 00 1 piece, for connection of power feed line via ceiling outlets. 05900 A 21 725 00 * Cables not included in delivery; must be made available on-site. 97

7402N/LED A classic form goes with the times. A surface-mounted luminaire with a classic design and future-fit LED technology. Entrance zones, recreation rooms, corridors and stairwells are cast in gentle yet efficient light with the 7402 LED. Timeless: functional design classic with the latest LED technology. Pleasant: soft light in complete harmony with a spherical, opal functional diffuser. Versatile: can be flexibly used for indoor applications and is ideal for wall or surface-mounting. Decorative: decorative covers allow different appearances both in form and colour. Efficient: time-saving mounting and rapid attachment of the diffuser via simple rotary bayonet fixing mechanism. 98

Series 7402N/LED Round surface-mounted luminaire with opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser 65da IP20 0.35 joules 650 C 7402N/LED + 07402 ZQ 01 7402N/LED + 07402 ZQ 03 7402N/LED + 07402 ZQ 05 Application Ceiling and wall luminaires for entrance areas, corridors, stairways, lounges, hotels, restaurants and residential zones. Designation TOC Electrical Lamps/ Power E1 E2 D kg version Luminous flux/ consump- ET Light colour tion mm mm mm 7402N/LED 1400 59 748 40 LED/1400 lm/ww 27 W 13 62 220 2.0 Optical system Consisting of 24 LEDs and opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser with finely textured surface with decorative matt design effect. Circular diffuser, spherical, especially dimensionally stable. Secure diffuser fixing with bayonet fixing mechanisms. LED, warm white light colour, colour temperature 2800 K, colour rendering index Ra > 80, total luminous flux 1300 lm, connected load 27 W. Accessories TOC Description Decorative attachments, square 07402 ZQ 01 56 850 00 White, 470 x 470 mm 07402 ZQ 03 58 714 00 Silver-grey, 470 x 470 mm 07402 ZQ 05 56 851 00 Black, 470 x 470 mm C0-C180 Luminaire body Sheet steel, white powder-coated. Suitable for ceiling and wall mounting. Electrical version ET With electronic transformer. 7402N/LED UTE: 0.89 G + 0.11 T DIN 5040: B30 CIBSE: BZ 6/.75/ BZ 5/1/BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5 7402N/LED 99

Recessed luminaires

102 Solvan LED-Easy

Individual ambiences: whether efficient general lighting or atmospheric LED coloured light TRILUX Solvan LED-Easy can do both. According to your wishes. Wholly individually. And with complete simplicity. Individual: individual coloured light design with full colour illumination of the diffuser. Easy : with integral Easy lighting control system. Mature: low construction height for almost flush recess-mounting. Decorative: slender design with harmonious proportions. The slender, diffuse light emission surface of the Solvan recessed luminaire is surrounded by a very flat profiled rim. The profile thus merely appears as a contour, predestined for architecturally sophisticated lighting solutions. 103

Solvan Recessed luminaires with covers made of opal PLEXIGLAS (OTA) and polycarbonate (OA-PC) 654da IP20 0.2 joules 650 C OA-PC 850 C Solvan C1-L +LED-Easy 01 Application Very slender recessed continuous line luminaire for cut-out recess openings, also especially for implementation of architecturally sophisticated light channels. Also suitable for installation in metal plank ceilings (module 100). For visual and sensory lighting in conference and office areas, corridors, foyers, exhibition and sales areas. LED-Easy with RGB LED for individual colour light design. C0-C180 Solvan C1-L OTA 135 E UTE: 0.60 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/2.5/BZ 4 Optical systems Opal cover, flush mounted in luminaire housing. OTA With finely textured surface made of PLEXIGLAS. OA-PC With smooth surface made of polycarbonate. LED-Easy Coloured illumination of cover via RGB LEDs integrated in the luminaire. Alternative to general lighting (T5) for individual colour light. C0-C180 Solvan C1-L OA-PC 135 E UTE: 0.54 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/2/BZ 4 Luminaire body Sheet steel, white powder-coated. Very slender appearance with extremely flat luminaire trim of 3 mm. Continuous lines via connection of luminaire bodies with tool-free installation. Cut-out recess-mounting via rapid-mounting springs. With cable inlets on front planes for heat-resistant through-wiring. Please order end caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines separately. Electrical version EDD+LED-Easy With digitally dimmable electronic multi-lamp control gear (DALI) for T5 lamps (general lighting) and integral Easy lighting control unit for LED-RGB (colour light design), control via infra-red remote control or push button coupler, both to be ordered separately, see page 188. 104

Accessories 106 Designation TOC Electrical Lamps Cut-out kg version opening EDDWL x W (mm) Solvan C1-L OTA 128+ +LED-Easy 01 58 464 54 1 x 28 + LED-Easy 1184 x 73 3.0 Solvan C1-L OTA 135+ +LED-Easy 01 58 465 54 1 x 35 + LED-Easy 1484 x 73 3.6 Solvan C1-L OA-PC 128+ +LED-Easy 01 58 466 54 1 x 28 + LED-Easy 1184 x 73 3.0 Solvan C1-L OA-PC 135+ +LED-Easy 01 58 467 54 1 x 35 + LED-Easy 1484 x 73 3.6 Solvan OTA/OA-PC 62 196 235 98 75 64 84 62 10 1176/28W 10 1476/35W 196 235 98 75 64 84 10 1176/28W 1476/35W 105

Solvan recessed luminaires Accessories End caps 1 pair, for termination on front planes of individual luminaires and continuous lines, snap-fits without tools. Designation TOC Solvan ZKS 1 01 for Solvan C1, white 51 874 00 Mounting set for recess openings 1 set, for tool-free installation in ceiling recess openings (Ceiling thickness 12.5/15/20 mm). With 12.5 mm ceiling thickness, also possible with 60/27 C-profile. Designation TOC Solvan ZBB/1 58 305 00 Mounting set for metal plank ceilings 1 set, suitable for installation of 1-lamp Solvan continuous line luminaires in strip ceilings (module 100). Designation TOC Solvan ZBP 28/54 01 for Solvan OTA/OA 51 880 00 Solvan ZBP 35/49/80 01 for Solvan OTA/OA 51 881 00 Continuous line coupling OTA/OA 1 set, for connecting two Solvan continuous line luminaires with cover. Designation TOC Solvan ZLK 1 OTA/OA for Solvan C1 OTA/OA 51 892 00 106

Through-wiring Colour-coded, heat-resistant individual wires for internal through-wiring with continuous lines, 1.5 mm². Designation TOC Solvan ZDV 515 28/54 5-core, for luminaire length 28/54 51 886 00 Solvan ZDV 515 35/49/80 5-core, for luminaire length 35/49/80 51 887 00 Removal tool Suction pad for removal of OA and OTA covers for maintenance. Designation TOC 03630 S 29 265 00 107

Liventy An impressive appearance with unusually high efficiency. The remarkable reduction of light spill of the TRILUX Liventy opal diffuser material is impressively underlined with a luminaire light output ratio of 85 %. As well as versions with doubly arched diffusers, the new Liventy Flat version also takes up the linear geometry of the luminaire body. Elegant: an attractive appearance thanks to the synergy of an organic form with linear characteristics. Setting in-scene: all-round light emission for soft illumination of the ceiling. Efficient: unusually high light output ratios via filigree specular louvre with UXP-Technology combined with a highly efficient plastic diffuser. Diversity: different optical systems and diffuser positions allow individual flexibility of use. Clean: sealed luminaire reliably protects against external factors and is easy to clean. 108

Adjustable diffuser positions Two diffuser positions for various applications: In the first setting step the luminous sides of the opal diffuser increase ceiling illumination. In the second step the diffuser body enters further into the ceiling. High grade materials and efficiency Even at first glance, Liventy is different to other ceiling luminaires thanks to its extravagant profile. The optimised, structured surface of the diffuser performs with a high degree of transmission, uniform illumination and light output ratios of up to 85 %. Versatility With the variety of geometries for various modular ceiling systems and different diffuser contours, Liventy offers high flexibility for adaptation to the desired spatial atmosphere. UXP-Technology Liventy UXP-S combines the elegantly curved diffuser appearance with a modern ultra-low cross-section louvre from TRILUX. The Liventy 600 UXP version enables use in ventilated ceilings as standard, for air exchange of up to 40 l/sec. 109

Liventy Recessed luminaires with decorative PLEXIGLAS diffuser Recessed luminaires with decorative PLEXIGLAS diffuser and semi-specular ultra-low cross-section louvre UXP-S 654da IP40 2 joules 650 C UXP IP20 Liventy 300 OT Liventy 600 OT Application For greater lighting comfort in offices, banks, foyers, sales, exhibition and conference areas. Can be universally used in ceilings with recess cut-out openings and in ceiling systems with concealed or visible grids. Liventy 300 For module 300 mm. Liventy 600 For module 600 mm. Liventy 625 For module 625 mm. Optical systems OT Opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser with structured surface, doubly arched, protruding on the room side giving decorative ceiling illumination, for increased lighting comfort. Especially high transmission factor and light output ratio. Diffuser can be fixed into luminaire body without tools, snapped-in at two different depths. UXP-S OT Centrally positioned ultra-low cross-section louvre with UXP-Technology, semi-specular, reflectance value 98 %. Opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser flush on both sides with structured surface, arched, protruding on the room side giving decorative ceiling illumination, for increased lighting comfort. Especially high transmission factor and light output ratio. Luminaire body Sheet steel, white, powder-coated solvent-free. Electrical version E With electronic control gear. ESD With dimmable electronic control gear, with DSI interface. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). C0-C180 Liventy 300 OT 228 UTE: 0.68 G + 0.07 T DIN 5040: A30 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5 C0-C180 Liventy Flat 600 OT 414 UTE: 0.75 E + 0.04 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5 C0-C180 Liventy 600 OT 314 UTE: 0.80 E + 0.05 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5 C0-C180 Liventy 600 UXP-S OT 414 UTE: 0.73 D + 0.02 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/.75/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 Liventy Flat OT Opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser with structured surface, protruding on the room side giving decorative ceiling illumination, for increased lighting comfort. Especially high transmission factor and light output ratio. Diffuser fixed into luminaire body without tools, snapped-in at two different depths. Liventy 300 OT Liventy 600 OT 138 92 274 max. 50 270 297 1174 26 46 1170 1197 6 110

Lamp data 193 Liventy 600 UXP-S OT Liventy Flat 600 OT Designation TOC Electrical version Lamps Axis Recess kg dimension opening E ESD EDD W mm mm Liventy 300 OT 128/54 E 59 061 04 11 07 1 x 28/54 300 280 x 1180 4.9 Liventy 300 OT 228/54 E 59 062 04 11 07 2 x 28/54 300 280 x 1180 5.0 Liventy 600 OT 314 01 56 753 04 11 07 3 x 14 600 580 x 580 4.9 Liventy 600 OT 324 01 56 754 04 11 07 3 x 24 600 580 x 580 5.1 Liventy 600 OT 414 01 56 755 04 11 07 4 x 14 600 580 x 580 4.9 Liventy 625 OT 314 01 56 756 04 07 3 x 14 625 580 x 580 4.9 Liventy 625 OT 324 01 56 757 04 07 3 x 24 625 580 x 580 5.1 Liventy 625 OT 414 01 56 758 04 07 4 x 14 625 580 x 580 4.9 Liventy 600 UXP-S OT 214+224 01 56 760 04 11 07 2 x 14 + 2 x 24 600 580 x 580 6.4 Liventy 600 UXP-S OT 414 01 56 759 04 11 07 4 x 14 600 580 x 580 6.1 Liventy 625 UXP-S OT 214+224 01 56 762 04 07 2 x 14 + 2 x 24 625 580 x 580 6.5 Liventy 625 UXP-S OT 414 01 56 761 04 07 4 x 14 625 580 x 580 6.2 Liventy Flat 600 OT 314 01 58 996 04 07 3 x 14 600 580 x 580 4.9 Liventy Flat 600 OT 324 01 58 997 04 07 3 x 24 600 580 x 580 5.1 Liventy Flat 600 OT 414 01 58 998 04 07 4 x 14 600 580 x 580 4.9 Liventy Flat 625 OT 314 01 58 999 04 07 3 x 14 625 580 x 580 4.9 Liventy Flat 625 OT 324 01 59 000 04 07 3 x 24 625 580 x 580 5.1 Liventy Flat 625 OT 414 01 59 001 04 07 4 x 14 625 580 x 580 4.9 Accessories TOC Description Fixing accessories Liventy ZBB 56 763 00 1 set (4 pieces) of fixing accessories for recess-mounting in ceilings with concealed grids and ceiling recess openings Liventy 625 OT Liventy 600 UXP-S OT Liventy 625 UXP-S OT Liventy Flat 600 Liventy Flat 625 122 92 574 572 597 max. 50 122 92 574 572 622 max. 50 10 574 10 574 30 572 597 6 30 572 622 6 111

Light channel

Alinio Seamless all the way. With segments 3 metres in length and overlapping socket positions, Alinio guarantees harmonious illumination of both room and light line along any distance. Elegant: discreet and very slimline aluminium profile with high quality eloxal surface. Guiding: the light line sets linear accents and emphasises spacial contours. Linear: purist, linear appearance. Continuous: homogeneous illumination over the complete length without disturbing dark zones. Comprehensible: modular system with few individual parts; easily understandable mounting concept. 114

Seamless A new cover concept underlines the uniform appearance. With Alinio the diffuse cover is taken from the roll along the complete length, meaning no visible joins along the line. The optically uninterrupted light creates an appealing interplay of light, space and architecture. Overlapping Diagonally offset socket positions are the basis of the homogenous Alinio illumination. Dark spots from linear configurations of sockets and lamp bases are a thing of the past. The concept also applies to the various gear trays, meaning that these can be freely combined. No tools With the exception of continuous line couplings, actual mounting is completely without tools. Through-wiring is via an integral 5-pole connection system. Beginning with the cable, time-saving mounting is therefore ensured until the end of the continuous line. The end caps have a special effect on the linear Alinio appearance. These have no visible screw fastenings and are of course fixed without tools. 115

Alinio Light channel 6da IP20 Alinio Application Light channel in filigree cubic form for linear, uninterrupted continuous lines. For illumination of public areas, corridors, exhibition and sales areas. Also suitable for suspended mounting, vertical and horizontal surface-mounting to walls. Trunking Alinio D1 3000 07 Extruded aluminium, anodised. For accommodation of gear trays and covers as a continuously optical system. Length 3000 mm. Gear tray Alinio X 01 Sheet steel, white. With diagonally overlapping lamp configuration for homogeneous illumination of light emission surface. Fastening to trunking with tool-free spring-tensioned contact clips. Electrical connection Via 5-pole plug connection to fixed throughwiring. Electrical version E With electronic multi-lamp control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic multi-lamp control gear (DALI). Optical system Alinio D1 OA 3000 Opal diffuser made of polycarbonate, for termination of Alinio trunking on room side, length 3000 mm. Accessories End caps Alinio D1 ZKS 07 1 pair, anodised, for termination of continuous lines on front planes, snap-fits without tools. Continuous line coupling Alinio D1 ZLK 1 set, for connection of two Alinio trunking profiles with continuous diffuse enclosure. Wire suspension Alinio D1 ZS/1500, 3000, 6000 1 piece, 1-point, snap-fits without tools, for suspension lengths to 1500 mm, 3000 mm, 6000 mm. Cable Alinio D1 ZZT/3(5)15/1500, 3000, 6000 Transparent mains cable, 3 (5) x 1.5 mm², for suspension lengths to 1500 mm, 3000 mm, 6000 mm. Fixing clamp with slotted washer for direct ceiling fixing, for tool-free clipping in of trunking. Distance between trunking and mounting surface: 9 mm. Ceiling rose 1 piece, for connection of power cable via ceilingout lets. C0-C180 Alinio X 49 W UTE: 0.48 E + 0.00 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/.75/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 116

Lamp data 193 Designation TOC Electrical Lamps Dimensions kg version Gear tray E EDDWmm Alinio X 121/39 01 59 677 04 07 1 x 21/39 880 1.0 Alinio X 128/54 01 59 678 04 07 1 x 28/54 1180 1.3 Alinio X 135/49 01 59 676 04 07 1 x 35/49 1480 1.6 Designation TOC Description Trunking Alinio D1 3000 07 59 675 00 Trunking, anodised, 3000 mm Trunking accessories Alinio D1 OA 3000 59 679 00 Diffuser, diffuse, smooth surface, 3000 mm Alinio D1 ZKS 07 59 689 00 End cap, anodised, 1 pair, for front-side termination Alinio D1 ZLK 59 690 00 Continuous line coupling for connecting two main trunking profiles Fixing accessories D 01 X 23 212 00 Fixing clamp for direct ceiling fixing Alinio D1 ZS/1500 59 680 00 Decorative wire suspension, with suspension clamp, 1500 mm Alinio D1 ZS/3000 59 681 00 Decorative wire suspension, with suspension clamp, 3000 mm Alinio D1 ZS/6000 59 682 00 Decorative wire suspension, with suspension clamp, 6000 mm Mains cable, transparent Alinio D1 ZZT/315/1500 59 683 00 Mains cable, transparent, 3 x 1.5 mm², 1500 mm Alinio D1 ZZT/315/3000 59 684 00 Mains cable, transparent, 3 x 1.5 mm², 3000 mm Alinio D1 ZZT/315/6000 59 685 00 Mains cable, transparent, 3 x 1.5 mm², 6000 mm Alinio D1 ZZT/515/1500 59 686 00 Mains cable, transparent, 5 x 1.5 mm², 1500 mm Alinio D1 ZZT/515/3000 59 687 00 Mains cable, transparent, 5 x 1.5 mm², 3000 mm Alinio D1 ZZT/515/6000 59 688 00 Mains cable, transparent, 5 x 1.5 mm², 6000 mm Ceiling rose ZAE/01 46 917 00 1 piece, square, white. ZAE/03 46 918 00 1 piece, square, silver-grey Alinio X Alinio D1 3000 26 max. 3000 48 100 90 56 880/39W, 1180/54W, 1480/49W 75 max. 3000 110 110 max. 6000 max. 3000 100 90 75 max. 3000 117

Luminaires for special areas of application

Mirona LED A compact performer with a high intellect. With its neutral white LED light, high protection rating and integral sensor technology enabling high levels of energy savings, TRILUX Mirona is ideally suited for industrial use, specifically for the foodstuffs industry but also for all other sectors requiring tough and flexible lighting. Safe: an extremely robust, compact concept with vibration-resistant components. Light can be used instantly without start-up time. High performance: a high lumen package and uniform lumen yield even with very low temperatures. Low operating costs: low maintenance, with extremely time-saving installation thanks to plug and play. Efficient: depending on configuration, Mirona switches off automatically or dims if not needed. Versatile: can be flexibly used for indoor and outdoor applications and is ideal for wall or surface-mounting as well as flush recess-mounting. 120

Highly efficient silver optics Whether symmetrical or asymmetrical distribution, highly developed Miro silver louvres mean maximum efficiency. Quick connections Time-optimised mounting with a high protection rating using the Wieland RST rapid connector system. Presence detection The +S versions have an integral presence detector for reduction of power consumption by ~35 % after 10 minutes of full load. The detection area of the sensor is 6 m in diameter (on the floor, with mounting height of 4.5 m). 121

Mirona LED Wall and ceiling luminaire 654doa IP65 2 joules 850 C Mirona Application High rooms, halls, warehouses and manufacturing bays, trade fair and exhibition halls. Also for damp rooms and outdoor areas in open weather. Optical system Consisting of 120 high power LEDs with precision lenses for each group of 4 LEDs and with transparent cover. MR Symmetrical distribution. MRA Asymmetrical distribution. 12000 LED with constant colour stability and a colour rendering index of Ra > 65 over the complete service life. Neutral white light colour ( nw ), colour temperature 4000 K, total luminous flux 10300 lm, switchable connected load ( ET ) 131 W, dimmable ( ETDD ) 125 W. 9000 LED with constant colour stability and a colour rendering index of Ra > 80 over the complete service life. Neutral white light colour ( nw ), colour temperature 4000 K, total luminous flux 7600 lm, switchable connected load ( ET ) 131 W, dimmable ( ETDD ) 125 W. Electrical connection Wieland RST rapid connector system, in each case with corresponding accessories. Electrical version With electronic mains power for minimum service life of 50000 operating hours. Due to optimised thermal management, suitable for ambient temperatures from -25 C to +40 C. +S With integral presence detection for reduction to light level of 35 % after 10 minutes, power consumption ~ 45 W (other settings on request). ET With electronic transformer. ETDD With digitally dimmable electronic transformer (DALI). C0-C180 Mirona MR LED 12000 UTE: 1.00 C + 0.00 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 3/2/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3 Luminaire body Robust die-cast housing with integral cooling fins, coated graphite grey. Mains cable via Wieland RST rapid connector system. Mounting types Surface-mounting, wall-mounting, chain suspension, in each case with corresponding accessories. 122

DesignationTOC Electrical versionlamps/ Power kg ET ETDD Luminous flux/ consumption Light colour Mirona MR LED 12000 nw TWW 59 452 40 51 LED/12 000 lm/nw 131 W ( ET )/125 W ( ETDD ) 11.2 Mirona MR LED 12000 nw +S TWW 59 453 51 LED/12 000 lm/nw 125 W 11.2 Mirona MR LED 9000 nw TWW 59 454 40 51 LED/ 9 000 lm/nw 131 W ( ET )/125 W ( ETDD ) 11.2 Mirona MR LED 9000 nw +S TWW 59 455 51 LED/ 9 000 lm/nw 125 W 11.2 Mirona MRA LED 12000 nw TWW 59 448 40 51 LED/12 000 lm/nw 131 W ( ET )/125 W ( ETDD ) 11.2 Mirona MRA LED 12000 nw +S TWW 59 450 51 LED/12 000 lm/nw 125 W 11.2 Mirona MRA LED 9000 nw TWW 59 449 40 51 LED/ 9 000 lm/nw 131 W ( ET )/125 W ( ETDD ) 11.2 Mirona MRA LED 9000 nw +S TWW 59 451 51 LED/ 9 000 lm/nw 125 W 11.2 AccessoriesTOCDescription Mirona AMB 59 456 00 Rapid-mounting ceiling plate Mirona Mirona AWB 59 457 00 Fixing bracket for wall-mounting Mirona Mirona AKSPY 59 458 00 1 set, 2-point chain suspension in Y-form with turnbuckle ZWI RST20i3 BT sw 59 459 00 Connector, 3-pole, straight, black, Wieland ZWI RST20i3 BT 90 sw 59 461 00 90 angle connector, 3-pole, black, Wieland ZWI RST20i5 BT tbl 59 491 00 Connector, 5-pole, straight, turquoise, Wieland (dim.) ZWI RST20i5 BT 90 tbl 59 462 00 90 angle connector (dim.), 5-pole, turquoise, Wieland Mirona Mirona A KSPY 128 325 325 E 128 151 min. 470 325 325 E 331 Mirona A MB 230 Mirona A WB 331 257 325 182 325 128 180 325 20x12,5 110 110 E 12,5 65 12,5x20 325 8,5 50 41,5 x 8,5 E 250 72 128 331 160 123

124 Durata

Efficient reliability for industry. Durata is extremely adaptable: durable and also suitable for higher ambient temperatures, and thanks to an adjustable reflector the luminaire can be used for both narrow- or wide-angle light distribution. Robust: robust concept for high protection ratings in everyday industrial applications. Low operating costs: low maintenance, with extremely time-saving installation thanks to plug and play and pre-installed through-wiring. Adaptable: reflector can be adjusted on-site between wide- to narrow-angle light distribution, enabling optimal adaptation to various mounting heights. Safe: tried-and-tested components, light can be used instantly without start-up time. Long-life: especially suitable for high ambient temperatures due to outstanding thermal management. Connection CW With integral 5 x 2.5 mm² throughwiring (EDD 7 x 2.5 mm²) and Wieland rapid connector, compatible with Wieland gesis RST > IP65 system. Efficient mounting Can be rapidly installed by one person with the AMB rapid-mounting plate because of low weight of luminaire. Height adjustment With integral height adjustment for adaptation of distribution characteristics from wide-angle to narrow-angle light distribution, with stepless adjustment. 125

Durata High bay luminaires 64da IP22 0.2 joules IP IP65 2 joules 850 C Durata Application High rooms, halls, warehouses and manufacturing bays, trade fair and exhibition halls. Drip water-protected, protection rating IP22. Foodstuffs industry and damp rooms. IP Protection rating IP65. Optical systems Energy-efficient specular reflectors for maximum light output ratios, highly-specular, with reflection-intensifying silver surface, reflectance value > 98 %. HR Extremely narrow-angle light distribution for high halls. SB Wide-angle light distribution, can be set to narrow-angle light distribution on-site. C0-C180 Durata HD HR/449 UTE: 0.94 D + 0.00 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3 Luminaire body Sheet steel, galvanised, white powder-coated, especially torsionally rigid via continuous angled rods on ceiling side and beading on front planes. IP22 protection rating. IP Protection rating IP65. Electrical connection Via a frontal service flap. CW With integral 5 x 2.5 mm² throughwiring (EDD 7 x 2.5 mm²) and Wieland RST rapid connector. Electrical version E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear. Control gear for minimum service life of 10,000 operating hours. Optimised thermal management enables high ambient temperatures to 40. Durata HD + Durata ZK/SPY Durata HD + Durata ZS/2,5 Durata HD + Durata ZBP 22 1500 288 1500 278 1500 E 425 75 1514 E E 425 75 1514 E 83 E 425 75 1514 E 120 1460 170 126

Lamp data 193 DesignationTOCElectrical versionlamps kg E EDDW SB Durata HD SB/435 59 063 04 07 4 x 35 10.1 Durata HD SB/435 CW 59 120 04 07 4 x 35 10.5 Durata HD SB/449 59 065 04 07 4 x 49 10.2 Durata HD SB/449 CW 59 122 04 07 4 x 49 10.6 Durata HD SB/480 59 067 04 07 4 x 80 10.2 Durata HD SB/480 CW 59 124 04 07 4 x 80 10.6 HR Durata HD HR/435 59 064 04 07 4 x 35 10.2 Durata HD HR/435 CW 59 121 04 07 4 x 35 10.6 Durata HD HR/449 59 066 04 07 4 x 49 10.3 Durata HD HR/449 CW 59 123 04 07 4 x 49 10.7 Durata HD HR/480 59 068 04 07 4 x 80 10.3 Durata HD HR/480 CW 59 125 04 07 4 x 80 10.7 SB-IP Durata HD SB-IP 435 59 069 04 07 4 x 35 19.6 Durata HD SB-IP 435 CW 59 126 04 07 4 x 35 20.0 Durata HD SB-IP 449 59 071 04 07 4 x 49 19.7 Durata HD SB-IP 449 CW 59 128 04 07 4 x 49 20.1 Durata HD SB-IP 480 59 073 04 07 4 x 80 19.7 Durata HD SB-IP 480 CW 59 130 04 07 4 x 80 20.1 HR-IP Durata HD HR-IP 435 59 070 04 07 4 x 35 19.7 Durata HD HR-IP 435 CW 59 127 04 07 4 x 35 20.1 Durata HD HR-IP 449 59 072 04 07 4 x 49 19.8 Durata HD HR-IP 449 CW 59 129 04 07 4 x 49 20.2 Durata HD HR-IP 480 59 074 04 07 4 x 80 19.8 Durata HD HR-IP 480 CW 59 131 04 07 4 x 80 20.2 AccessoriesTOC Description Wire suspension Durata ZS/2,5 59 434 00 1 set, 4-point wire, 2.5 mm², for suspension lengths to 1700 mm Chain suspension Durata ZK-SPY 59 435 00 1 set, 2-point in Y-form with turnbuckle Mounting plate Durata ZBP 22 59 468 00 1 piece one-man rapid-mounting plate for direct ceiling fixing, IP22 Durata ZBP 65 59 469 00 1 piece one-man rapid-mounting plate for direct ceiling fixing, IP65 Link chain E04 23 434 00 Galvanised, 20 m long, can be cut to suit on-site Cable gland Accessories 7224 M20 29 164 00 1 pair cable glands, M20 Ceiling fixing E01 23 420 00 1 piece ceiling fixing plate with spring hooks Connectors ZWI RST 20i5 BT 90 sw 59 465 00 90 angle connector, 5-pole, black, Wieland ZWI RST 20i5 BT sw 59 460 00 90 connector, 5-pole, black, Wieland ZWI RST 20i2 BT 90 gr 59 466 00 90 angle connector, 2-pole, grey, Wieland ZWI RST 20i2 BT gr 59 467 00 90 connector, 2-pole, grey, Wieland Durata HD -IP + Durata ZK/SPY Durata HD -IP + Durata ZS/2,5 Durata HD -IP + Durata ZBP 22 1625 288 1625 332 278 1625 E 120 E E 120 E 203 E 120 E 370 1600 370 1600 370 1600 120 1555 170 1655 1655 1655 127

E-Line T5N Continuous line system for T5 fluorescent lamps E-Line T5N the system Individual solutions with a universal system. In short: E-Line. The rapid-mounting continuous line system enables a combination of practical single components exactly matched to individual conditions. Flexibility that convinces. Not at least because of the high equipment diversity, low cross-sections, innovative and energy-efficient silver optics and the homogenous overall appearance of the lengthoptimised modules: dark spots are avoided with continuous reflector configurations. Suspension Trunking End caps T5N gear tray Reflector end cap The same profile for different configurations Identical luminaire cross-sections for single and twin lamp E-Line T5N gear trays. 128

Highly efficient trapezoid reflector The new trapezoid reflector is more than just white: The optically efficient, highly reflective powder coating now enables luminaire light output ratios of up to 97 %. As well as especially homogeneous light distribution, the new material leads to a significant increase in efficiency compared to pre-coated materials. Highly efficient as standard Silver-refined specular optics now save up to 10 % of energy costs: The highly reflective Miro Silver layered system is used for all E-Line RPX and RSX louvres, all specular optics and the 4-lamp high bay luminaires. The refined surfaces increase reflective values up to 98 %. The effect: less power consumption. The combination with TRILUX light control systems is especially advantageous. These additionally reduce power consumption according to lighting needs, and pass on the efficiency gains to the user in the form of electricity and cost savings. 129

E-Line T5N Combinations of reflectors with photometric components Combination diversity Circular and rectangular reflectors can be diversely combined with photometric accessories. Self-suspended E-Line reflectors have light-controlling optics, meaning that further photometric accessories are not required. In this way E-Line continuous lines can be precisely matched to project-specific photometric and architectural requirements. The combination possibilities for reflectors with various photometric accessories is shown by the adjacent matrix. The page specifications relate to the following product pages describing the characteristics of the corresponding components, their dimensions and the resulting photometrics, together with product and application images. Circular reflectors 07650 (M-)R/28 07650 (M-)R/35 Perforated circular reflectors 07650 (M-)G/28 07650 (M-)G/35 High reflectors 07650 (M-)RH/35 Page 134 Page 138 Page 140 T reflector 07650 T/28 07650 T/35 Page 145 Self-suspended specular reflector 07650 SBF/35 07650 STF/35 SBF STF Page 142 STF Page 142 Self-suspended specular reflector 07650 SAF/35 Page 142 Self-suspended specular reflector 07650 SDAF 07650 SDAFG Page 142 Hall reflector, narrow-angle light distribution 07650 HRF/35 Page 143 Rectangular reflector 07651 M-STB/35 07651 M-UXP-H/35 STB UXP Page 146 UXP Page 146 130

Lamella louvre (M-)RW Parabolic louvre matt RMV semispecular RSX-Ag highlyspecular RPX-Ag Specular reflector asymmetrical SA-Ag* wide-angle light distribution SB-Ag* narrow/wideangle light distribution SWW-Ag* 4-lamp high bay, narrrow/ wide light distribution 7654 HR 2 x Page 135 Page 136 Page 136 Page 136 Page 144 Page 139 Page 140 Page 140 Page 141 * SA-Ag, SB-Ag and SWW-Ag specular reflectors also in combination with RW lamella louvre, see page 137. 131

E-Line T5N Gear tray protection rating IP20/IP40 654da IP20/IP40 0.2 joules 850 C 7651 7651 M Application As a basic element for all additional reflector and louvre components. C0-C180 As a batten in rooms not used as work locations, e.g. storage rooms, utility rooms, subordinate rooms without permanently manned instant connection workstations. Gear tray Fastening to trunking with tool-free stainless steel snap fasteners. Sheet steel, white. IP40 with dust protection sealing, can be combined with all reflectors. M Silver-grey. 7651/49 UTE: 0.69 H + 0.23 T DIN 5040: B21 CIBSE: BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6 Electrical connection Self-actuating with insertion of gear tray into the trunking. Lamp circuit connections can be set without tools to the conductor. Electrical version E With electronic multi-lamp control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic multi-lamp control gear (DALI). 132

Gear tray for emergency lighting 148 Trunking and wiring 150 Accessories 155 Mounting and planning 157 Suspension accessories 158 Node mounting 159 Lamp data 193 7652 7652 M Designation TOC Electrical version Lamps Length kg White E EDD W mm 7651/28/54 59 193 04 07 1 x 28/54 1175 0.9 7651/35/49/80 59 194 04 07 1 x 35/49/80 1475 1.2 Silver-grey 7651 M/28/54 59 195 04 07 1 x 28/54 1175 0.9 7651 M/35/49/80 59 196 04 07 1 x 35/49/80 1475 1.2 White 7652/28/54 59 197 04 07 2 x 28/54 1175 1.0 7652/35/49/80 59 198 04 07 2 x 35/49/80 1475 1.2 Silver-grey 7652 M/28/54 59 200 04 07 2 x 28/54 1175 1.0 7652 M/35/49/80 59 201 04 07 2 x 35/49/80 1475 1.2 IP40, white 7651/35/49/80 IP40 59 979 04 07 1 x 35/49/80 1470 1.3 7652/35/49/80 IP40 59 980 04 07 2 x 35/49/80 1470 1.3 Please order trunking separately. 7651 7652 87 87 63 63 133

E-Line T5N Circular reflector R 64da IP20 0.2 joules 650 C with PC accessories 850 C 07650 R 07650 M-R Application Manufacturing facilities, workshops, assembly halls, supermarkets, trade fair halls, sales areas. Reflector R Circular reflector, sheet steel, galvanised, with white polyester coating. Fastening to gear tray with tool-free stainless steel snap fasteners. Reflector M-R Circular reflector, sheet steel, galvanised, with polyester coating, silver-grey outer, white coated inner. Fastening to gear tray with toolfree stainless steel snap fasteners. Reflector accessories PC For increased fire protection. Designation TOC Component For gear tray, designation 1- or 2-lamp White 07650 R/28 59 261 00 Reflector R 28, 54 W 07650 R/35 59 262 00 Reflector R 35, 49, 80 W Reflector accessories 07690 RK 46 636 00 Reflector end cap 07690 RK PC 46 638 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 RV 46 640 00 Reflector connector 07690 RV PC 46 642 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Silver-grey 07650 M-R/28 59 263 00 Reflector M-R 28, 54 W 07650 M-R/35 59 264 00 Reflector M-R 35, 49, 80 W Reflector accessories 07690 M-RK 46 646 00 Reflector end cap 07690 M-RK PC 46 648 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 M-RV 46 650 00 Reflector connector 07690 M-RV PC 46 652 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Please order trunking and gear trays separately. C0-C180 7651 R/49 UTE: 0.85 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/2.5/BZ 4 07650 R 103 103 117 117 134

Circular reflector R and lamella louvre RW Gear tray 132 Gear tray for emergency lighting 148 Trunking and wiring 150 Accessories 155 Mounting and planning 157 Suspension accessories 158 Node mounting 159 Lamp data 193 07650 R + 07650 RW 07650 M-R + 07650 M-RW Application Manufacturing facilities, workshops, assembly halls, supermarkets, trade fair halls, sales areas. Reflector R Circular reflector, sheet steel, galvanised, with white polyester coating. Fastening to gear tray with tool-free stainless steel snap fasteners. Lamella louvre RW Sheet steel, white. Can be hooked into circular reflector for simple maintenance. Reflector M-R Circular reflector, sheet steel, galvanised, with polyester coating, silver-grey outer, white coated inner. Fastening to gear tray with tool-free stainless steel snap fasteners. Lamella louvre M-RW Sheet steel, silver-grey. Can be hooked into reflector for simple maintenance. Designation TOC Component For gear tray, designation 1- or 2-lamp White 07650 R/28 59 261 00 Reflector R 28, 54 W 07650 RW/28 59 275 00 + Lamella louvre RW 28, 54 W 07650 R/35 59 262 00 Reflector R 35, 49, 80 W 07650 RW/35 59 276 00 + Lamella louvre RW 35, 49, 80 W Reflector accessories 07690 RK 46 636 00 Reflector end cap 07690 RK PC 46 638 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 RV 46 640 00 Reflector connector 07690 RV PC 46 642 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Silver-grey 07650 M-R/28 59 263 00 Reflector M-R 28, 54 W 07650 M-RW/28 59 277 00 + Lamella louvre M-RW 28, 54 W 07650 M-R/35 59 264 00 Reflector M-R 35, 49, 80 W 07650 M-RW/35 59 278 00 + Lamella louvre M-RW 35, 49, 80 W Reflector accessories 07690 M-RK 46 646 00 Reflector end cap 07690 M-RK PC 46 648 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 M-RV 46 650 00 Reflector connector 07690 M-RV PC 46 652 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Please order trunking and gear trays separately. Reflector accessories PC For increased fire protection. C0-C180 7651 RW/49 UTE: 0.77 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/4/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 07650 R + 07650 RW 113 113 117 117 135

E-Line T5N Circular reflector R with specular reflector SA-Ag, SB-Ag or SWW-Ag 64da IP20 0.2 joules 650 C with PC accessories 850 C 07650 R + 07650 S 07650 M-R + 07650 S Application Manufacturing facilities, workshops, assembly halls, supermarkets, trade fair halls, sales areas. Reflector R Circular reflector, sheet steel, galvanised, with white polyester coating. Fastening to gear tray with tool-free stainless steel snap fasteners. Reflector M-R Circular reflector, sheet steel, galvanised, with polyester coating, silver-grey outer, white coated inner. Fastening to gear tray with tool-free stainless steel snap fasteners. Specular reflector SA-Ag Energy-efficient reflectors, highly-specular, with reflection-intensifying silver surface, reflectance value > 98 %, for asymmetrical luminous intensity distribution. Can be inserted in reflector 07650 R without tools. Specular reflector SB-Ag Energy-efficient reflectors, highly-specular, with reflection-intensifying silver surface, reflectance value > 98 %, for wide luminous intensity distribution. Can be inserted in reflector 07650 R without tools. Specular reflector SWW-Ag Energy-efficient reflector, highly-specular, with reflection-intensifying silver surface, reflectance value > 98 %, with double wallwasher characteristic, especially for the illumination of facing vertical surfaces e.g. shelves for goods. Can be inserted in reflector 07650 R without tools. Designation TOC Component For gear tray, designation 1- or 2-lamp White, with SA-Ag specular reflector, asymmetrical 07650 R/35 59 262 00 Reflector R 35, 49, 80 W 07650 SA-Ag/35 59 282 00 + Specular reflector SA-Ag 35, 49, 80 W White, with SA-Ag specular reflector, very wide-angle light distribution 07650 R/35 59 262 00 Reflector R 35, 49, 80 W 07650 SB-Ag/35 59 283 00 + Specular reflector SB-Ag 35, 49, 80 W White, with SWW-Ag specular reflector, wide-angle light distribution 07650 R/35 59 262 00 Reflector R 35, 49, 80 W 07650 SWW/35 59 284 00 + Specular reflector SWW-Ag 35, 49, 80 W Reflector accessories, white 07690 RK 46 636 00 Reflector end cap 07690 RK PC 46 638 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 RV 46 640 00 Reflector connector 07690 RV PC 46 642 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Silver-grey, with SA-Ag specular reflector, asymmetrical 07650 M-R/35 59 264 00 Reflector M-R 35, 49, 80 W 07650 SA-Ag/35 59 282 00 + Specular reflector SA-Ag 35, 49, 80 W Silver-grey, with SB-Ag specular reflector, very wide-angle light distribution 07650 M-R/35 59 264 00 Reflector M-R 35, 49, 80 W 07650 SB-Ag/35 59 283 00 + Specular reflector SB-Ag 35, 49, 80 W Silver-grey, with SWW-Ag specular reflector, wide-angle light distribution 07650 M-R/35 59 264 00 Reflector M-R 35, 49, 80 W 07650 SWW/35 59 284 00 + Specular reflector SWW-Ag 35, 49, 80 W Reflector accessories, silver-grey 07690 M-RK 46 646 00 Reflector end cap 07690 M-RK PC 46 648 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 M-RV 46 650 00 Reflector connector 07690 M-RV PC 46 652 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Please order trunking and gear trays separately. C0-C180 C0-C180 C0-C180 Reflector accessories PC For increased fire protection. 7651 R+SA-AG/49 UTE: 0.89 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/.8/BZ 4 7651 R + SB-AG/35 UTE: 0.85 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5/1,5/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 7651 R+SWW/49 UTE: 0.99 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 4/2/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3 07650 R + 07650 SB 07650 R + 07650 SA 07650 R + 07650 SWW 104 104 117 117 136

Circular reflector R with specular reflector SA-Ag and lamella reflector RW Gear tray 132 Gear tray for emergency lighting 148 Trunking and wiring 150 Accessories 155 Mounting and planning 157 Suspension accessories 158 Node mounting 159 Lamp data 193 07650 R + 07650 RW + 07650 S 07650 M-R + 07650 M-RW + 07650 S Application Manufacturing facilities, workshops, assembly halls, supermarkets, trade fair halls, sales areas. Reflector R Circular reflector, sheet steel, galvanised, with white polyester coating. Fastening to gear tray with tool-free stainless steel snap fasteners. Lamella louvre RW Sheet steel, white. Can be hooked into circular reflector for simple maintenance. Reflector M-R Circular reflector, sheet steel, galvanised, with polyester coating, silver-grey outer, white coated inner. Fastening to gear tray with tool-free stainless steel snap fasteners. Lamella louvre M-RW Sheet steel, silver-grey. Can be hooked into reflector for simple maintenance. Designation TOC Component For gear tray, designation 1- or 2-lamp White 07650 R/35 59 262 00 Reflector R 35, 49, 80 W 07650 RW/35 59 276 00 + Lamella louvre RW 35, 49, 80 W 07650 SA-Ag/35 59 282 00 + Specular reflector SA-Ag, asymmetrical 35, 49, 80 W Reflector accessories 07690 RK 46 636 00 Reflector end cap 07690 RK PC 46 638 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 RV 46 640 00 Reflector connector 07690 RV PC 46 642 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Silver-grey 07650 M-R/35 59 264 00 Reflector M-R 35, 49, 80 W 07650 M-RW/35 59 278 00 + Lamella louvre M-RW 35, 49, 80 W 07650 SA-Ag/35 59 282 00 + Specular reflector SA-Ag, asymmetrical 35, 49, 80 W Reflector accessories 07690 M-RK 46 646 00 Reflector end cap 07690 M-RK PC 46 648 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 M-RV 46 650 00 Reflector connector 07690 M-RV PC 46 652 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Please order trunking and gear trays separately. C0-C180 Specular reflector SA-Ag Energy-efficient reflectors, highly-specular, with reflection-intensifying silver surface, reflectance value > 98 %, for asymmetrical luminous intensity distribution. Can be inserted in reflector 07650 R without tools. Reflector accessories PC For increased fire protection. 7651 R+SA+RW/49 UTE: 0.81 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 07650 R + 07650 SA + 07650 RW 137

E-Line T5N Perforated circular reflector G 654da IP20 0.2 joules 650 C with PC accessories 850 C 07650 G 07650 M-G Application Workshops, precision assembly, sales areas, superstores, training rooms. Reflector G Circular reflector, sheet steel, galvanised, with white polyester coating. With defined, ceiling-sided perforated section for homogeneous ceiling illumination. Indirect output approx. 9 %. Fastening to gear tray with tool-free stainless steel snap fasteners. Reflector M-G Circular reflector, sheet steel, galvanised, with polyester coating, silver-grey outer, white coated inner. With defined, ceiling-sided perforated section for homogeneous ceiling illumination. Indirect output approx. 9 %. Fastening to gear tray with tool-free stainless steel snap fasteners. Designation TOC Component For gear tray, designation 1- or 2-lamp White 07650 G/28 59 257 00 Reflector G, perforated 28, 54 W 07650 G/35 59 258 00 Reflector G, perforated 35, 49, 80 W Reflector accessories 07690 RK 46 636 00 Reflector end cap 07690 RK PC 46 638 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 RV 46 640 00 Reflector connector 07690 RV PC 46 642 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Silver-grey 07650 M-G/28 59 259 00 Reflector M-G, perforated 28, 54 W 07650 M-G/35 59 260 00 Reflector M-G, perforated 35, 49, 80 W Reflector accessories 07690 M-RK 46 646 00 Reflector end cap 07690 M-RK PC 46 648 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 M-RV 46 650 00 Reflector connector 07690 M-RV PC 46 652 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Please order trunking and gear trays separately. C0-C180 Reflector accessories PC For increased fire protection. 7651 G/49 UTE: 0.81 E + 0.07 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5 07650 G 103 103 117 117 138

Perforated circular reflector G and lamella louvre RW Gear tray 132 Gear tray for emergency lighting 148 Trunking and wiring 150 Accessories 155 Mounting and planning 157 Suspension accessories 158 Node mounting 159 Lamp data 193 07650 G + 07650 RW 07650 G + 07650 RW Application Workshops, precision assembly, sales areas, superstores, training rooms. Reflector G Circular reflector, sheet steel, galvanised, with white polyester coating. With defined, ceiling-sided perforated section for homogeneous ceiling illumination. Indirect output approx. 9 %. Fastening to gear tray with tool-free stainless steel snap fasteners. Lamella louvre RW Sheet steel, white. Can be hooked into circular reflector for simple maintenance. Reflector M-G Circular reflector, sheet steel, galvanised, with polyester coating, silver-grey outer, white coated inner. With defined, ceiling-sided perforated section for homogeneous ceiling illumination. Indirect output approx. 9 %. Fastening to gear tray with tool-free stainless steel snap fasteners. Designation TOC Component For gear tray, designation 1- or 2-lamp White 07650 G/28 59 257 00 Reflector G, perforated 07650 RW/28 59 275 00 + Lamella louvre RW 28, 54 W 07650 G/35 59 258 00 Reflector G, perforated 07650 RW/35 59 276 00 + Lamella louvre RW 35, 49, 80 W Reflector accessories 07690 RK 46 636 00 Reflector end cap 07690 RK-PC 46 638 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 RV 46 640 00 Reflector connector 07690 RV-PC 46 642 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Silver-grey 07650 M-G/28 59 259 00 Reflector M-G, perforated 07650 M-RW/28 59 277 00 + Lamella louvre M-RW 28, 54 W 07650 M-G/35 59 260 00 Reflector M-G, perforated 07650 M-RW/35 59 278 00 + Lamella louvre M-RW 35, 49, 80 W Reflector accessories 07690 M-RK 46 646 00 Reflector end cap 07690 M-RK PC 46 648 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 M-RV 46 650 00 Reflector connector 07690 M-RV PC 46 652 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Please order trunking and gear trays separately. C0-C180 Lamella louvre M-RW Sheet steel, silver grey. Can be hooked into reflector for simple maintenance. Reflector accessories PC For increased fire protection. 7651 G-RW/49 UTE: 0.73 E + 0.08 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/2/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 07650 G + 07650 RW 113 113 117 117 139

E-Line T5N High reflector RH and parabolic louvre RSX-Ag and RMV 654da IP20 0.2 joules 650 C with PC accessories 850 C 07650 RH/35 + 07650 RSX-Ag/35 07650 M-RH/35 + 07650 RSX-Ag/35 Application Manufacturing locations, control rooms, offices, precision assembly, precision engineering, training rooms, labs, showrooms, sales areas, and especially VDU workstations. Reflector RH Circular reflector, sheet steel, galvanised, with white polyester coating. High construction height. Fastening to gear tray with tool-free stainless steel snap fasteners. Reflector M-RH Circular reflector, sheet steel, galvanised, with polyester coating, silver-grey outer, white coated inner. High construction height. Fastening to gear tray with tool-free stainless steel snap fasteners. Parabolic louvre RSX-Ag Energy-efficient parabolic louvre, semi-specular, with reflection-intensifying silver surface, reflectance value > 98 %, suitable for VDU workstations in accordance with EN 12464-1 via reduced luminance L 1000 cd/m² for distribution characteristics above 65 all round. Can be hooked into reflector for simple maintenance. Parabolic louvre RMV Of 99.98 % high-purity post-anodised aluminium, matt anodised. Suitable for VDU workstations according to EN 12464-1 via reduced luminance L 1000 cd/m 2 for distribution characteristics above 65 all-round. Can be hooked into reflector for simple maintenance. Designation TOC Component For gear tray, designation 1- or 2-lamp White 07650 RH/35 59 266 00 Reflector RH, high construction 07650 RSX-Ag/35 59 281 00 + Specular louvre RAX-Ag, semi-specular 35, 49, 80 W 07650 RMV/35 59 279 00 + Specular louvre RMV, matt 35, 49, 80 W Reflector accessories 07690 RKH 46 635 00 Reflector end cap 07690 RKH PC 46 637 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 RVH 46 639 00 Reflector connector 07690 RVH PC 46 641 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Silver-grey 07650 M-RH/35 59 268 00 Reflector RH, high construction 07650 RSX-Ag/35 59 281 00 + Specular louvre RAX-Ag, semi-specular 35, 49, 80 W 07650 RMV/35 59 279 00 + Specular louvre RMV, matt 35, 49, 80 W Reflector accessories 07690 M-RKH 46 645 00 Reflector end cap 07690 M-RKH PC 46 647 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 M-RVH 46 649 00 Reflector connector 07690 M-RVH PC 46 651 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Please order trunking and gear trays separately. C0-C180 C0-C180 7651 RSX-Ag/49 UTE: 0.89 B + 0.00 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/1.5/BZ 1/4/BZ 2 7651 RMV/49 UTE: 0.60 B DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN: BZ 2/1.25/BZ 1 Reflector accessories PC For increased fire protection. 07650 RH + 07650 RMV/RSX 122 122 117 117 140

High reflector RH and parabolic louvre RPX-Ag Gear tray 132 Gear tray for emergency lighting 148 Trunking and wiring 150 Accessories 155 Mounting and planning 157 Suspension accessories 158 Node mounting 159 Lamp data 193 07650 RH/35 + 07650 RPX-Ag/35 07650 M-RH/35 + 07650 RPX-Ag/35 Application Manufacturing locations, control rooms, offices, precision assembly, precision engineering, training rooms, labs, showrooms, sales areas, and especially VDU workstations. Reflector RH Circular reflector, sheet steel, galvanised, with white polyester coating. High construction. Fastening to gear tray with tool-free stainless steel snap fasteners. Reflector M-RH Circular reflector, sheet steel, galvanised, with polyester coating, silver-grey outer, white coated inner. High construction. Fastening to gear tray with tool-free stainless steel snap fasteners. Parabolic louvre RPX-Ag Energy-efficient parabolic louvre, highly-specular, with reflection-intensifying silver surface, reflectance value > 98 %, suitable for VDU workstations in accordance with EN 12464-1 via reduced luminance L 1000 cd/m² for distribution characteristics above 65 all round. Can be hooked into reflector for simple maintenance. Reflector accessories PC For increased fire protection. Designation TOC Component For gear tray, designation 1- or 2-lamp White 07650 RH/35 59 266 00 Reflector RH, high construction 07650 RPX-Ag/35 59 280 00 + Specular louvre RPX-Ag, highly-specular 35, 49, 80 W Reflector accessories 07690 RKH 46 635 00 Reflector end cap 07690 RKH PC 46 637 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 RVH 46 639 00 Reflector connector 07690 RVH PC 46 641 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Silver-grey 07650 M-RH/35 59 268 00 Reflector RH, high construction 07650 RPX-Ag/35 59 280 00 + Specular louvre RPX-Ag, highly-specular 35, 49, 80 W Reflector accessories 07690 M-RKH 46 645 00 Reflector end cap 07690 M-RKH PC 46 647 00 Reflector end cap, made of polycarbonate 07690 M-RVH 46 649 00 Reflector connector 07690 M-RVH PC 46 651 00 Reflector connector, made of polycarbonate Please order trunking and gear trays separately. C0-C180 7651 RPX-Ag/49 UTE: 0.89 B + 0.00 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/1.5/BZ 1/4/BZ 2 07650 RH + 07650 RPX 122 122 117 117 141

E-Line T5N Self-suspended reflectors SBF, STF, SAF or SDAF/SDAFG 654da IP20 0.2 joules 650 C with PC accessories 850 C 07650 STF/35 07650 SAF/35 Application Manufacturing facilities, workshops, assembly halls. SA Advantageous for wall and shelf lighting. SDAF, SDAFG Advantageous for supermarkets. Self-suspended specular reflector SBF With highly efficient silver optics, for wideangle luminous intensity distribution. Specular reflector with reflection-intensifying silver surface, reflectance value > 98 %. For direct mounting to gear tray. Designation TOC Component For gear tray, designation 1- or 2-lamp 07650 SBF/35 59 272 00 Specular reflector SBF, wide-angle light distribution 35, 49, 80 W 07650 STF/35 59 273 00 Specular reflector STF, narrow-angle light distribution 35, 49, 80 W 07650 SAF/35 59 271 00 Specular reflector SAF, asymmetrical 35, 49, 80 W 07650 SDAF/35 59 296 00 Specular reflector SDAF, double asymmetrical 35, 49, 80 W 07650 SDAFG/35 59 295 00 Specular reflector SDAFG, double asymmetrical, perf. 35, 49, 80 W C0-C180 C0-C180 C0-C180 C0-C180 Self-suspended specular reflector STF With highly efficient silver optics, for narrow luminous intensity distribution. Specular reflector with reflection-intensifying silver surface, reflectance value > 98 %. For direct mounting to gear tray. 7651 SBF/1x35 UTE: 0.98 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5/1.25/BZ 4 NBN 14-002: BZ 4 7651 STF/80 UTE: 1.01 D + 0.00 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3 7651 SAF/80 UTE: 1.01 D + 0.00 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 7651 SDAF/1x35 UTE: 0.96 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5/1.25/ BZ 4 NBN 14-002: BZ 4/1/BZ 3 Self-suspended specular reflector SAF With highly efficient silver optics, for asymmetrical luminous intensity distribution. Specular reflector with reflection-intensifying silver surface, reflectance value > 98 %. For direct mounting to gear tray. Self-suspended specular reflector SDAF With highly efficient silver optics, for double asymmetrical luminous intensity distribution. Specular reflector with reflection-intensifying silver surface, reflectance value > 98 %. For direct mounting to gear tray. Self-suspended specular reflector SDAFG With highly efficient silver optics, for double asymmetrical luminous intensity distribution, with defined, ceiling-sided perforated section for homogeneous ceiling illumination, indirect output approx. 9%. Specular reflector with reflection-intensifying silver surface, reflectance value > 98 %. For direct mounting to gear tray. 07650 SDAF 07650 SDAFG 142 142 142 142 110 109 07650 SBF 110 07650 STF 07650 SAF 151 151 147 147 142

Especially suitable for high halls and highbay racking Self-suspended specular reflector HRF Gear t rays 132 Gear tray for emergency lighting 148 Trunking and wiring 150 Accessories 155 Mounting and planning 157 Suspension accessories 158 Node mounting 159 Lamp data 193 07650 HRF/35 Self-suspended reflector HRF With highly efficient silver optics, for extremely narrow luminous intensity distribution. Specular reflector with reflection-intensifying silver surface, reflectance value > 98 %. For direct mounting to gear tray. Designation TOC Component For gear tray, designation 1- or 2-lamp 07650 HRF/35 59 274 00 Specular reflector HRF, narrow-angle light distribution 35, 49, 80 W Please order trunking and gear trays separately. End caps and connectors are not required. Lighting of highbay racking The lighting of highbay racking is largely permanent lighting with artificial sources due to missing or insufficient daylight. In most cases high operating periods result, and because of this only lamps with high luminous efficiency and economic luminaires should be used. Gear trays with electronic control gears are advantageous for low energy consumption and high lamp service life. E-Line HRF versions feature extremely narrow light distribution together with high light output ratios. Illuminance values according to standards are therefore efficiently achieved even with high luminaire mounting heights. Diagrams to determine horizontal illuminances Installation data Gangway length: L=25 m Gangway width: B Light point height: h Transverse coordinate: x Longitudinal coordinate: y Evaluation level: floor Luminaires: Non-interrupted continuous line with 16 units 7651/35/49/80 E + 07650 HRF/35 Lamps: T5 80 W lamps Luminous flux: LP = 6150 lm Maintenance factor: MF = 0.8 Illustration 1 Installation sketch Gangway in high-bay warehouse L B/2 B y x e h Illustration 2 Average illuminance apple B/2 on the centre line B=...: on the whole gangway surface Average illuminance apple in lx 500 B/2 400 B = 3 m 300 B = 6 m 200 100 50 20 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 Light point height h in m C0-C180 7651 HRF/49 UTE: 1.02 C + 0.00 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 Illustration 3 Illuminance distribution E across the gangway, y=12.5 m Point illuminance EP in lx 500 450 400 07650 HRF 122 122 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 h=22m h=30m 0 0 1 m 2 m 3 m Lat. distance x to gangway centre h=6m h=14m 185 185 143

E-Line T5N Especially suitable for high halls and highbay racking Self-suspended specular reflector HR, 4-lamp 654da IP20 0.2 joules 850 C 7654 HR Application E-Line individual luminaire with self-suspended energy-efficient specular reflector for narrow/wide-angle luminous intensity distribution, for use as high bay luminaire and for increasing general lighting for special visual tasks. Designation TOC E EDD For 4-lamp configuration 7654 HR/35/49/80 59 202 04 07 35, 49, 80 W Gear tray only supplied together with reflector HR4. C0-C180 Gear tray with integral specular reflector Gear tray made of sheet steel, white. Fastening to trunking with tool-free stainless steel snap fasteners. Self-suspended specular reflector ( HR ) with highly efficient silver optics, for narrow/ wide-angle luminous intensity distribution. Specular reflector with reflection-intensifying silver surface, reflectance value > 98 %. For direct mounting to gear tray. 7654 HR/80 UTE: 0.94 D + 0.02 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN 14-002: BZ 3 Electrical connection Instant connection with insertion of gear tray into the trunking. Lamp circuit connections can be set without tools to the conductor. Electrical version E With electronic multi-lamp control gear. EDD With dimmable electronic multi-lamp control gear (DALI). 7654 HR 134 206 144

E-Line T5N Trapezoid reflector T 654da IP20 0.2 joules 850 C Gear t rays 132 Gear tray for emergency lighting 148 Trunking and wiring 150 Accessories 155 Mounting and planning 157 Suspension accessories 158 Node mounting 159 Lamp data 193 07650 T Application Manufacturing facilities, workshops, assembly halls, supermarkets, trade fair halls, sales areas. Trapezoid reflector T Trapezoid reflector, sheet steel, white, with highly reflective powder coating for maximum luminaire light output ratios. Fastening to gear tray with tool-free stainless steel snap fasteners. Designation TOC Component For gear tray, designation 1- or 2-lamp 07650 T/28 59 269 00 Reflector T, trapezoid 28, 54 W 07650 T/35 59 270 00 Reflector T, trapezoid 35, 49, 80 W Reflector accessories 07650 RVT PC 59 691 00 Reflector connector RVT, made of polycarbonate C0-C180 Reflector accessories PC For increased fire protection. 7651 T/35 UTE: 0.97 F DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN 14-002: BZ 5/1.25/BZ 4 07650 T 104 104 118 118 145

E-Line T5N Rectangular reflectors with specular optics M-STB or filigree specular louvre M-UXP-H 654da IP20 0.2 joules 650 C with PC accessories 850 C UXP 07651 M-STB/35 07651 M-UXP-H/35 Application Manufacturing locations, control rooms, offices, precision assembly, precision engineering, training rooms, labs, showrooms, sales areas. Ultra-low cross-section louvre UXP-H suitable for VDU workstations. Designation TOC Component For gear tray, designation 1-lamp 07651 M-STB/35 59 285 00 Reflector with specular optics STB 1 x 35, 49, 80 W 07651 M-UXP-H/35 59 286 00 Reflector with filigree specular louvre UXP 1 x 35, 49, 80 W Please order trunking and gear trays separately. Rectangular reflector with specular optics M-STB Rectangular reflector, sheet steel, galvanised, silver-grey. Fastening to gear tray with tool-free stainless steel snap fasteners. With integral specular reflector for narrow/wide- angle luminous intensity distribution, made of 99.99 % high-purity post-anodised aluminium, highlyspecular, reflection-intensifying surface. Rectangular reflector with ultra-low cross-section louvre M-UXP-H Rectangular reflector, sheet steel, galvanised, silver-grey. Fastening to gear tray with toolfree stainless steel snap fasteners. With integral ultra-low cross-section louvre with UXP-Technology, highly-specular, reflectance value 98 %, stray light output 3 %. For VDU workstations according to EN 12464-1 via reduced luminance L 1000 cd/m 2 for distribution characteristics above 65 all round. C0-C180 7651 M-STB/49 UTE: 0.88 D + 0.00 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/.8/BZ 3/1/BZ 4 C0-C180 7651 M-UXP/49 UTE: 0.80 B + 0.00 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/1.25/BZ 1 07651 M-STB 07651 M-UXP-H 103 103 63 63 146

3-circuit track module Gear tray 132 Gear tray for emergency lighting 148 Trunking and wiring 150 Accessories 155 Mounting and planning 157 Suspension accessories 158 Node mounting 159 Lamp data 193 7650 M-AD Application For accent lighting. For accommodation of spotlights in sales areas, showrooms, museums, reception halls, conference rooms and trade fair halls. 3-circuit track module AD Sheet steel, white, with integrated 3-circuit track for euro adapter, usable track length 800 mm. Fastening to trunking with tool-free stainless steel snap fasteners. Maximum total weight of spotlights fixed to track module: 10 kg. M Silver-grey. Designation TOC Component Length designation White mm 7650 AD-35 59 191 00 3-circuit track module AD 1475 Silver-grey 7650 M-AD-35 59 192 00 3-circuit track module M-AD 1475 The spotlights shown are not in scope of supply. Please order trunking and gear trays separately. Electrical connection Instant connection with insertion of gear tray into the trunking. Lamp circuit connections can be set without tools to the conductor. 07651 AD/M-AD 52 63 800 / 35 W 147

E-Line T5N Gear tray for emergency lighting 654da IP20 0.2 joules 850 C 7651 EB / 7652 EB Gear tray for emergency lighting Gear tray + EB Gear tray for continuous lines and individual luminaires, version with individual battery, protection rating IP20. Sheet steel, white. Fastening to trunking with tool-free stainless steel snap fasteners. With electronic control gear ECG for operation of general lighting. M Silver-grey. Fluorescent lamps in permanent operation, continued operation in event of mains failure via maintenance-free individual battery, LED for display of charging condition. +EB (1h) Nominal operating time 1 hour. +EB (3h) Nominal operating time 3 hours. Gear tray with individual battery supply for permanent operation Designation TOC Operating Lamps L kg duration White W mm 7651/35/49 E+EB (1h) 59 287 04 1 hrs. 1 x 35, 49 1475 1.9 7652/35/49 E+EB (1h) 59 289 04 1 hrs. 2 x 35, 49 1475 2.0 7651/35/49 E+EB (3h) 59 288 04 3 hrs. 1 x 35, 49 1475 2.4 7652/35/49 E+EB (3h) 59 290 04 3 hrs. 2 x 35, 49 1475 2.4 Silver-grey 7651 M/35/49 E+EB (1h) 59 291 04 1 hrs. 1 x 35, 49 1475 1.9 7652 M/35/49 E+EB (1h) 59 293 04 1 hrs. 2 x 35, 49 1475 2.0 7651 M/35/49 E+EB (3h) 59 292 04 3 hrs. 1 x 35, 49 1475 2.4 7652 M/35/49 E+EB (3h) 59 294 04 3 hrs. 2 x 35, 49 1475 2.4 Electrical connection Connection with general lighting and charging circuit is connected with insertion of gear tray into the trunking. Lamp circuit connections can be set without tools to the conductor. A E h=0.5 lx 5 lx 1 lx 6 3 6 3 1 lx 5 lx 0 3 6 0 3 6 0 3 0 3 0 B E h=0.5 lx 1 lx 5 lx 0 3 6 0 0 3 6 5 lx 1 lx m A 7651/35 E+EB(3h) batten B 7651/35 E+EB(3h) in combination with reflector R C 7652/35 E+EB(3h) batten D 7652/35 E+EB(3h) in combination with reflector R Suspension length 3 m Suspension length 5 m E h=0.5 lx 6 6 E h=0.5 lx C m D 148

Gear tray 132 Trunking and wiring 150 Accessories 155 Mounting and planning 157 Suspension accessories 158 Node mounting 159 Lamp data 193 149

E-Line T5N Trunking and wiring options Single-length trunking, prewired for individual luminaires. Trunking, prewired for modular system. Trunking, unwired For modular system for throughwiring with integral connector sockets according to module size, or for variable system for ribbon cables or individual cables and with variable connector socket positions. Trunking Accessories for unwired trunking Individual luminaires, trunking prewired The possibility to combine gear trays, reflectors and equipment accessories to diverse individual luminaires. Modular system, trunking prewired The quickest way to install continuous lines with modular luminaire distances. Modular system, trunking unwired The possibility to install continuous lines with modular luminaire distances via on-site wiring of the trunking. Variable system, trunking unwired The possibility to install continuous lines with random, variable luminaire distances via on-site wiring of the trunking. 150

Gear tray 132 Gear tray for emergency lighting 148 Accessories 155 Mounting and planning 157 Suspension accessories 158 Node mounting 159 Lamp data 193 For E-Line trunking, both 5-conductor wiring and 7-conductor wiring is available. These are advantageous e. g. with 3-circuit network connection and simultaneous operation of dimmable or emergency light gear trays. Examples for individual luminaires and continuous line configurations Individual luminaires with 1475 mm gear trays and single-lengtht runking 07650/I/58 /7 LV/E. 1475/35W Continuous lines with 1175 mm or 1475 mm gear trays at modular distances. Trunking with prewiring. 1175/28W 1475/35W N x 1175 N x 1475 1175/28W 1475/35W Continuous lines with 1175 mm or 1475 mm gear trays at modular distances. Trunking wired on-site. 1175/28W 1475/35W N x 1175 N x 1475 1175/28W 1475/35W Continuous lines with 1175 mm or 1475 mm gear trays with freely specifiable distances. Trunking wired on-site. 1175/28W 1475/35W variable 1175/28W 1475/35W variable 1175/28W 1475/35W 151

E-Line T5N Universal trunking 07650 U Trunking, unwired Trunking 07650/ -U is the basis of the variable system for continuous lines with freely specifiable length distances between the luminaire inserts. Connector sockets are connected at random positions on-site with ribbon cables via cutting or with individual cables via plug connections. Another possibility for on-site continuous line wiring is the use of 5 or 7-core wiring equipped at modular distances of 1175 mm or 1475 mm with connector sockets. In this way corresponding modular blank distances of any number can be rapidly implemented. See page 156 for through-wiring and wiring accessories. Designation TOC White Unwired 07650/I/28-U 59 204 00 07650/II/28-U 59 208 00 07650/III/28-U 59 212 00 07650/I/35-U 59 206 00 07650/II/35-U 59 210 00 07650/III/35-U 59 214 00 Designation TOC Length kg Silver-grey Unwired mm 07650 M/I/28-U 59 235 00 1175 1.3 07650 M/II/28-U 59 239 00 2350 2.3 07650 M/III/28-U 59 243 00 3525 3.5 07650 M/I/35-U 59 237 00 1475 1.6 07650 M/II/35-U 59 241 00 2950 2.9 07650 M/III/35-U 59 245 00 4425 4.4 Trunking versions The basis of the E-Line rapid-mounting system is inherently stable trunking in which gear trays with IP20 protection can be integrated. 2- and 3-length trunking equipped with robust couplings as standard form the basis for E-Line continuous lines. 1-length versions are primarily intended for combining to individual luminaires, but can also be used for subsequent lengthening of E-line continuous lines. 63 41 220 165 E Trunking 07650/ -U Sheet steel, galvanised, with white polyester coating, unwired. The trunking is simply wired on-site. See page 156 for through-wiring and accessories. M Silvergrey. 1175/28W 1475/35W N x 1175 N x 1475 variable 1175/28W 1475/35W 1175/28W 1475/35W Luminaire arrangements with trunking with on-site wiring Continuous lines with 1175 mm or 1475 mm gear trays for uninterrupted or interrupted continuous lines. Modular wiring system according to lamp length. Continuous lines with 1175 mm or 1475 mm gear trays with freely specifiable distances. Wired onsite with ribbon cable or single wires. 152

Gear t rays 132 Gear tray for emergency lighting 148 Accessories 155 Mounting and planning 157 Suspension accessories 158 Node mounting 159 Lamp data 193 07650 LV Trunking, prewired Trunking 07650/ /5LV, 07650/ /7LV for uninterrupted continuous lines or continuous lines with blanking covers in lamp lengths is prewired and equipped with one female connector per lamp length for tool-free electrical connection with the gear tray. Either 5-conductor through-wiring or 7-conductor wiring for expanded electrical continuous line equipping are available. Designation TOC White Wired Wire section 5 x 2,5 mm 2 07650/II/28-5LV-2,5 59 217 00 07650/III/28-5LV-2,5 59 219 00 07650/II/35-5LV-2,5 59 218 00 07650/III/35-5LV-2,5 59 220 00 Wire section 7 x 2,5 mm 2 07650/II/28-7LV-2,5 59 207 00 07650/III/28-7LV-2,5 59 211 00 07650/II/35-7LV-2,5 59 209 00 07650/III/35-7LV-2,5 59 213 00 Designation TOC Length Connec- kg Silver-grey tor socket Wired mm distances Wire section 5 x 2,5 mm 2 07650 M/II/28-5LV-2,5 59 248 00 2350 1175 3.0 07650 M/III/28-5LV-2,5 59 250 00 3525 1175 4.5 07650 M/II/35-5LV-2,5 59 249 00 2950 1475 3.3 07650 M/III/35-5LV-2,5 59 251 00 4425 1475 5.0 Wire section 7 x 2,5 mm 2 07650 M/II/28-7LV-2,5 59 238 00 2350 1175 3.1 07650 M/III/28-7LV-2,5 59 242 00 3525 1175 4.6 07650 M/II/35-7LV-2,5 59 240 00 2950 1475 3.4 07650 M/III/35-7LV-2,5 59 244 00 4425 1475 5.1 Continuous line arrangements with 5-conductor or 7-conductor through-wiring Possible electrical continuous line arrangements are specified with the required trunking wiring in the table below. Mains cable 5 LV Dimming EDD Emergency light systems EB individual battery Number of wires Wiring method 41 63 41 63 220 E 165 Trunking 07650/ 5LV, 7LV Sheet steel, galvanised, with white polyester coating, completely prewired with heat-resistant 2.5 mm² single wires, each with a 5 or 7-pole female connector per lamp length. M Silver-grey. 5 5 5 5 5 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 3 4 5 5 5 5 6 7 7 6 7 7 7 5LV 7LV 1175/28W 1475/35W N x 1175 N x 1475 1175/28W 1475/35W 1175/28W 1475/35W Luminaire arrangements with prewired trunking Uninterrupted or interrupted continuous lines in modular distances with 1175 mm or 1475 mm gear trays. Trunking with complete prewiring. 153

E-Line T5N Universal trunking for individual luminaires Gear t rays 132 Gear tray for emergency lighting 148 Trunking and wiring 150 Accessories 155 Mounting and planning 157 Suspension accessories 158 Node mounting 159 Lamp data 193 07650 /I/ Trunking for individual luminaires, prewired and ready for connection E-Line individual luminaires are suitable for the individual lighting of workstations or for the lighting of small, enclosed room zones. Trunking 07650/I/ /E ( 2,5) is the basis for individual luminaires. They are equipped as standard with a 5-pole or 7-pole female connector and 7-core through-wiring. Connectors or plugs terminate the ends with protection against accidental contact and enable electrical connection as well as rapid access to the through-wiring of existing E-line continuous lines when these are lengthened. For individual luminaires, all E-Line gear trays and reflectors as well as corresponding photometric accessories can be used. Designation TOC White Wired Wire section 5 x 2,5 mm 2 07650/I/28-5LV/E-2,5 59 215 00 07650/I/35-5LV/E-2,5 59 216 00 Wire section 7 x 2,5 mm 2 07650/I/28-7LV/E-2,5 59 203 00 07650/I/35-7LV/E-2,5 59 205 00 Designation TOC Length kg Silver-grey Wired mm Wire section 7 x 2,5 mm 2 07650 M/I/28-5LV/E-2,5 59 246 00 1175 1.3 07650 M/I/35-5LV/E-2,5 59 247 00 1475 1.7 Wire section 7 x 2,5 mm 2 07650 M/I/28-7LV/E-2,5 59 234 00 1175 1.4 07650 M/I/35-7LV/E-2,5 59 236 00 1475 1.8 63 41 220 165 E Trunking 07650/I/ /E ( 2.5) Sheet steel, galvanised, with white polyester coating, completely prewired with heat-resistant single wires, 7-core, and 7-pole female connector. M Silver-grey. 1180/28 W, 54 W 1480/35 W, 49 W, 80 W Examples for individual luminaires Individual luminaire with 1-length trunking 07650/I/36-7LV/1,5/E and 1175 mm gear tray. Individual luminaire with 1-length trunking 07650/I/58-7LV/2.5/E and 1475 mm gear tray. 154

Trunking accessories E-Line T5N IP20 Blanking covers IP20 1 piece, for 07650 trunking, plastic profile (PVC), white, can be simply cut to suit on-site. For IP20 protection rating. M Silver-grey. PC made of polycarbonate. White TOC 1175 mm 07650 B/28 59 226 00 07650 B/28 PC 59 227 00 1475 mm 07650 B/35 59 228 00 07650 B/35 PC 59 229 00 Silver-grey TOC 1175 mm 07650 M-B/28 59 230 00 07650 M-B/28 PC 59 231 00 1475 mm 07650 M-B/35 59 232 00 07650 M-B/35 PC 59 233 00 Trunking end caps IP20 1 piece, for 07650 trunking, plastic, white, with 2 knockouts. Can be clipped in without tools. For IP20 protection rating. 2 trunking end caps required per continuous line. M Silver-grey. PC made of polycarbonate. White TOC 07690 E-R 21 947 00 07690 E-R PC 21 948 00 For trapezoid reflectors 07690 E-T 21 949 00 07690 E-T PC 21 950 00 Silver-grey TOC 07690 M-E-R 43 742 00 07690 M-E-R PC 43 743 00 Cable restraint 1 piece, for suspended trunking 07650. Stainless steel, for max. 4 sheathed cables, 5 x 2.5 mm², can be clipped to trunking. For IP20 and IP50 TOC 07690 LHA 21 952 00 155

E-Line T5N Variable system Variable system Unwired E-Line trunking can be simply equipped on site with through-wiring for variable gear tray arrangements. Two possibilities exist for the variables ystem: Variable system with ribbon cable. Variable system with individual conductors. The variable wiring systems offer maximum flexibility with positioning of the gear trays along the continuous line. Here the female connectors are contacted on-site with the wiring at any position in the unwired trunking: with the ribbon cable via the cutting contact method (connectors are pressed on with flat nose pliers) and with single wire through- wiring via conventional plug connections. Ribbon cable wiring for 07690 SK female connectors, luminaire distances freely defined Designation TOC Wire Length section mm 2 m Wiring 5LV 07690/5LV/46m 21 891 00 1,5 46 Wiring 7LV 07690/7LV/46m 21 895 00 1,5 46 Individual conductor wiring for 07690 TO female connectors, luminaire distances freely defined Designation TOC Wire Length section mm 2 m Wiring 5LV 07690/5LV/25m 21 890 00 1.5 25 Please order cable restraint for fixing of single wires in the trunking separately. Earthed feeding All through-wiring must be terminated at the ends with protection against accidental contact via the 07690 VV wiring connector. Mains connection is via the socket. This is clipped onto a metal tongue at the start of the trunking and thus incorporates complete trunking into the earthing without tools. 1175/28W 1475/35W Through-wiring for on-site wiring of unwired trunking with variable gear tray distances. Consisting of 1,5 mm² ribbon cable, with colour-coded earthing conductor, including cable retainers for fixing in the trunking. 07690/5LV/46m: 5-core, 46 m long, for freely definable female connector distances. 07690/7LV/46m: 7-core, 46 m long, for freely definable female connector distances. variable 1175/28W 1175/28W 1475/35W 1475/35W Female connector 7-pole, for electrical contact of ribbon cables 07690/5LV/46 m and 07690/7LV/46 m. 07690 SK 21 959 00 Wire connector 7-pole plug-socket pair for termination of throughwiring with protection against accidental contact. Socket suitable for mains connection. Required additionally for the connection of through-wiring sections or with mains connection during the course of through-wiring. variable 1175/28W 1475/35W Through-wiring for on-site wiring of unwired trunking with variable gear tray distances. Consisting of 5 colour-coded individual conductors, 1.5 mm². 07690/5LV/25m: 5 coloured, intertwisted, heatresistant individual wires, 25 m long. For freely definable female connector distances. Female connector 5-pole, for electrical contact of individual wires on-site. 07690 TO 21 967 00 Inner cable restraint (not shown) 10 pieces, for approx. 4.5 m trunking length, plastic, for max. 25 individual wires, 2.5 mm², can be clipped into trunking. 07690 LHI 21 953 00 Wiring connector Plug socket pair for mains connection and for tool-free integration of trunking into the earthing. 07690 VV 21 973 00 07690 VV 21 973 00 156

E-Line T5N Planning and ordering example Suspension spacings E-Line enables suspension spacings up to 2500 mm. Reduced spacings according to page 159 exist only for nodes in some cases. Fundamentally, an overhang at the continuous line ends of at least 50 mm to a maximum of 500 mm must be ensured. All specifications apply to 1- and 2-lamp gear trays and are independent of ballast type, type of photometric equipment and fixing method. The adjacent quick overviews give specifications about the combination of E-Line continuous lines. For various continuous line lengths, the required number of trunking units and the minimum number of fixing points (based on maximum fixing distance of 2500 mm) have been specified. Overhang 50 mm - 500 mm Planning notes for continuous lines with 1175 mm gear tray. Continuous line length Lamp length Trunking 07650 /II/28-U /III/28-U /II/28-5 LV /III/28-5 LV /II/28-7 LV /III/28-7 LV Fixing points m Number Pieces Pieces Number 2,36 2 1 2 3,54 3 1 2 4,72 4 2 3 5,89 5 1 1 3 7,07 6 2 4 8,25 7 2 1 4 9,42 8 1 2 5 10,60 9 3 5 11,77 10 2 2 6 12,95 11 1 3 6 14,12 12 4 7 15,30 13 2 3 7 16,47 14 1 4 8 17,65 15 5 8 18,80 16 2 4 9 20,00 17 1 5 9 21,17 18 6 10 22,35 19 2 5 10 23,52 20 1 6 10 Mounting distance max. 2500 mm Further mounting distance max. 2500 mm Planning notes for continuous lines with 1475 mm gear tray. Continuous line length Lamp length Trunking 07650 Fixing /II/35-U /III/35-U points /II/35-5 LV /III/35-5 LV /II/35-7 LV /III/35-7 LV m Number Pieces Pieces Number 2,96 2 1 2 4,44 3 1 3 5,91 4 2 3 7,39 5 1 1 4 8,86 6 2 5 10,34 7 2 1 5 11,81 8 1 2 6 13,29 9 3 7 14,76 10 2 2 7 16,24 11 1 3 8 17,71 12 4 8 19,19 13 2 3 9 20,66 14 1 4 9 22,14 15 5 10 23,61 16 2 4 11 25,09 17 1 5 11 26,56 18 6 12 28,04 19 2 5 12 29,51 20 1 6 13 TX E-Line software for configuration of continuousline s The configurator especially designed for the TRILUX E-Line continuous line rapid mounting system makes planning child s play: supported by an image preview, only four steps are needed for the perfect configuration. Download via www.trilux.co.uk. Ordering example: Uninterrupted continuous line 28 W with prewired trunking (7-conductor wiring) 11.75 m long (corresponding to 10 lamp lengths), with 1-lamp dimmable gear trays, reflectors and lamella louvres. Mounting directly to ceiling. IP20 protection rating. Ordering example: Variable continuous line, silver-grey, 80 W with trunking to be wired onsite (5-conductor wiring) and uniform blanking distances of 1475 mm between gear trays 11.80 m long (corresponding to 4 lamp lengths), with 2-lamp gear trays, high reflectors and RMV parabolic louvre. Mounting via chain suspension. IP20 protection rating. 1. Trunking Trunking, 2-length Trunking, 3-length 2. Trunking accessories and fixing accessories Trunking end cap Ceiling fixing clamp 2 x 07650/II/28-7LV 2 x 07650/ III/28-7LV 2 x 07650 E-R 6 x D 01 X 3. Gear tray Gear tray, 1-lamp 10 x 7651/28 ED 4. Reflectors and accessories Reflector, circular Reflector connector Reflector end cap 10 x 07650 R/28 9 x 07650 RV 2 x 07650 RK 5. Photometric equipment Lamella louvre 10 x 07650 RW/28 1. Trunking Trunking, 2-length Trunking, 3-length 2. Trunking accessories and fixing accessories Trunking end cap Blank cover Ribbon cable Wiring connector Female connector Chain suspension 1 x 07650 M/II/35-U 2 x 07650 M/III/35-U 2 x 07650 M-E-R 3 x 07650 M-B/35 1 x 07650/5LV/46m 1 x 07690 VV 6 x 07690 SK 6 x A 01 KX 3. Gear tray Gear tray, 1-lamp 4 x 7651 M/80 4. Reflectors and accessories 5. Photometric equipment Circular reflector Reflector end cap RMV parabolic louvre 4 x 07650 M-RH/35 8 x 07690 M-RKH 4 x 07650 RMV/35 157

E-Line T5N Suspension accessories for trunking A 01 DSX A 01 SX A 01 KX A 01 PX A01 M-PX The fixing material shown can be universally used for 07650 trunking together with all E-Line gear trays and corresponding photometric equipment components. It can also be used with trunking as mounting rails for TRILUX surface-mounted luminaires. The maximum mounting spacing for the specified fixing accessories is 2500 mm. With node arrangements, reduced spacing applies, see page 159. Decorative wire suspension Consisting of steel wire, 1.75 mm, 1500 mm long, and suspension clamp. Wire length adjusted steplessly and withoutt ools. Wire suspension Consisting of galvanised steel wire, 1.75 mm, 1500 mm long, and suspension clamp E 03 SX. Wire length adjusted steplessly and withoutt ools. Chain suspension Consisting of link chain, bright zinc plated, 1500 mm long, with turnbuckle and suspension clamp E 03 KX. Pendant suspension Consisting of pendant tube, white, 13 mm, with vernier clip, for tool-free height adjustment to 20 mm, 1500 mm long, and with suspension clamp for tool-free fixing. M Silver-grey. Fixing accessories should be able to support five times the weight of fixed luminaires for safety reasons. With use of maximum spacing, loads of 20 kg per suspension point may occur. All fixing accessories from the E-Line program are therefore designed for at least 100 kg weight loads. Fixing accessories provided on-site such as dowels or ceiling hooks etc. must also adhere to these requirements. A 01 DSX 22 296 00 A 01 SX 22 307 00 A 01 KX 22 301 00 A 01 PX 29 283 00 A 01 M-PX 45 379 00 E 07 E 03 SX E 03 KX D 01 X E 04 E 06 E 05 N E 01 Wire accessories Consisting of 12 wire eye stiffeners and clamps, for construction of suspension eyelets with crimping pliers (e.g. Klauke K 39 or Cimco BH), cavity size 10 mm. Can be combined with E 06 and E 03 SX. E 07 23 438 00 Link chain Galvanised, 20 m long, can be cut to suit on-site. Suspension clamp For wire suspensions with E 06 and E 07 accessories. Stainless steel, non-rusting, for tool-free fixing to trunking. Wire length adjusted steplessly and without tools. Suspension clamp For chain suspensions, stainless steel, non-rusting, for toolfree fixing to trunking. E 03 KX 23 428 00 Fixing clamp with slotted washer for direct ceiling fixing, for tool-free clipping in of trunking. Distance between trunking and mountings urface: 9 mm. E 03 SX 23 432 00 Turnbuckle For height adjustment of chain link D 01 X 23 212 00 Steel wire 1.75 mm, galvanised, 20 m long, with instant glue for fixing length and a rapid chain catch. Ceiling fixing plate Sheet steel, galvanised, with spring hook to tool-free of wire ends. Only with E 07 accessory. E 05 N 23 436 00 hooking in of chains, wires, pendants. E 04 23 434 00 E 06 23 437 00 E 01 23 420 00 158

Node suspensions Gear t rays 132 Gear tray for emergency lighting 148 Trunking and wiring 150 Accessories 155 Mounting and planning 157 Lamp data 193 07690 KA/7LV 07690 M-KA/7LV A 03 S A 03 M-S A 03 P A 03 M-P A 03 D A 03 M-D max. 2500 max. 1500 110 180 1475 180 110 1475/35W 1937 05900 AN 05000 ZR Ceiling rose 1 piece, for connection of power cable at node with wire suspension. 05900 AN* 21 726 00 * Cables not included in delivery; must be made available on-site. Supply tube In combination with A 03 S. 1 piece, plastic, white, 10 mm, can be cut to suit on-site. For routing and covering of connection cable. Node with wires uspension 1 piece, consisting of: 1 node for up to 4 branchings, to freely adjustable angles from 60 to 300, die-cast aluminium, white, 1 steel wire, 2.0 mm, galvanised, 1500 mm long, length adjusted without tools, 1 ceiling fixing element, nickel-plated M Silver-grey. A 03 S 29 284 00 A 03 M-S 45 375 00 Node with pendant suspension 1 piece, consisting of: 1 node for up to 4 branchings, to freely adjustable angles from 60 to 300, die-cast aluminium, white, 1 pendant tube, steel, 13 mm, with vernier clip for height adjustment to 20 mm, 1500 mm long, can be cut to suit on-site for shorter suspension lengths, with toolfree clip-on vernier clip no thread cuttingr equired, 1 ceiling trim of plastic,whi te. M Silver-grey. A 03 P 29 285 00 A 03 M-P 45 376 00 Node 1 piece for up to 4 branchings, to freely adjustable angles from 60 to 300, die-cast aluminium,whi te. M Silver-grey. Ordering example: Cross-shaped node with 4 branchings: 1 node A 03 D, 4 adapters 07690 KA/7LV. A 03 D 22 315 00 A 03 M-D 45 377 00 Node adapter 1 piece, for connection of nodes A 03 with trunking 07690, for IP20 continuous lines, consisting of: 1 adapterpr ofile, sheet steel, white, with integral adapter piece of white die-cast aluminium, 1 robusti nner coupling,s heet steel, galvanised, 1 blankingc over, plastic profile, white, 1 through-wiring set 7 x mm², 1 connectorel ement for electrical contact with prewired or on-site wired through-wiring in the continuous line. 2.5 Cable section 2.5 mm². M Silver-grey. 05000 ZR length 1 m 21 525 00 05000 ZR/2m length 2 m 21 526 00 07690 KA/7LV 21 951 00 07690 KA/7LV 2,5 46 672 00 07690 M-KA/7LV 45 378 00 07690 M-KA/7LV 2,5 46 671 00 159

Aragon LED A high protection factor even with frosty temperatures. Aragon LED is the name of the operation-safe lighting solution also suitable for adverse conditions. Complete luminous flux is available immediately in full, even with minus temperatures. Safe: robust concept with vibration-resistant components. Light can be used instantly without start-up time. Tested over time: construction based on established damp-proof luminaire with rapid mounting system. Homogeneous: excellent illumination thanks to opal, light scattering diffuser and uniform light output at very low temperatures. Low operating costs: low maintenance, with extremely time-saving installation thanks to plug and play. Convincing fundamentals: high protection rating thanks to outstanding technology. With Wieland RST rapid connector system for time-optimised mounting with high protection rating, implemented simply and quickly. 160

Aragon LED Weather-proof surface-mounted luminaires made of polycarbonate with LED 9doa IP66 6 joules 850 C Aragon LED 5000 DesignationTOC Electrical versionlamps/ Power kg ET ETDD Luminous flux/ consumption Light colour Aragon LED 5000 nw TWW 59 512 40 51 LED/5000 lm/nw 70 W 5.1 AccessoriesTOC Description Aragon SB 15 537 00 Steel strip suspension, 1 pair, length 1 m, made of stainless steel ZWI RST20i5 BT tbl 59 491 00 5-pole connection socket, turquoise, Wieland (dim) ZWI RST20i3 BT sw 59 459 00 3-pole connection socket, black Application Ceiling and wall luminaires with LED for damp environments and covered exterior areas. Advantageous for applications requiring increased mechanical stability. Especially with low temperatures due to constant light output. Optical system Consisting of 40 high power LEDs and an opal polycarbonate diffuser with finely structured end caps, impact-resistant, UV-stabilised, with smooth outer surface. LED, neutral white light colour, colour temperature 4000 K, luminaire luminous flux 4000 lm, connected load 70 W. Constant light output even with very low temperatures. Locations exposed to fire hazards Thanks to limited surface temperatures and a high protection rating, versions are suitable for use in rooms with high risk of fire. Electrical connection TWW rapid connection system Wieland RST. Electrical version Due to optimised thermal management, for minimum service life of 40000 operating hours. ET With electronic transformer. ETDD With digitally dimmable electronic transformer (DALI). C0-C180 Aragon LED UTE: 0.91 E + 0.08 T DIN 5040: A31 CIBSE: BZ 5/.75/ BZ 4/1/BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5 Luminaire body Polycarbonate, can be recycled, flameresistant, white. Mounting with stainless steel fixing clamps (included). With wire clamp of stainless steel for steel strip suspension or for chain suspension on-site. Aragon LED E 106 1870 E 113 295 1100 475 161

162 Actison

Unbeatable efficiency for any sports hall. The concept of Actison is synonymous with top achievements in sports halls: less luminaires are needed, less energy is required, and the luminaire convinces with an especially tough construction. Unbeatably efficient: maximum possible light output ratios within the available optics with interface to intelligent light management. Saves costs: less luminaires per sports hall, less energy consumption. Robust: tough luminaire body for maximum loads and safety. Low-maintenance: up to 100,000 hours of service life with ActisonPlus. Versatile: can be used flexibly for all mounting methods surface-mounting, recess-mounting and suspended. Protective grid with quick-release catch Installation of the protective grid is very simple, facilitated by 2 quick-release catches on each side of the luminaire body. Lay on, clip in, finished. The protective grids are positioned on the mounting frame, offering maximum stability and ball protection. Cover with IP50 protection rating Often closed luminaires are required for squash courts and badminton halls. All Actison photometric systems are also available with a closed cover made of PMMA: the outstanding workmanship quality enables the higher IP50 protection rating. 163

Actison/ActisonPlus Ball-proof surface-mounted luminaires, with accessories also available as recessed and suspended luminaire with RSX or RWS louvre. 654dea IP20 20 joules 650 C S IP50 Actison RSX 349 Actison S-RSX 349 Actison RWS 349 Application Ball-proof luminaires for sports halls, tennis courts and multi-purpose halls. S Also for squash courts. C0-C180 C0-C180 Optical systems Direct distribution. RSX Energy-efficient parabolic louvre, semi-specular, with reflection-intensifying silver surface, reflectance value > 98 %. RWS Louvre, white, for homogeneous light distribution, sheet steel, powder-coated. Actison RSX 349 UTE: 0.88 C + 0.00 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1/2/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/.8/BZ 2/4/BZ 3 C0-C180 Actison S-RSX 349 UTE: 0.80 C + 0.00 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 C0-C180 Cover Protective grid, steel, white powder-coated. Ball-proof according to DIN 18032-3. Protective grid can be hinged down and unhooked via quick-release catch. S PLEXIGLAS cover, clear, IP50. Ball-proof according to DIN 18032-3. Cover can be hinged down and unhooked via quick-release catch. Luminaire body Sheet steel, white powder-coated. With knock-outs on front planes for throughwiring. Electrical version E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). ActisonPlus With digitally dimmable electronic multi-lamp control gear (DALI) as special version service life of control gear up to 100,000 hours. Series connection possible with 3- and 4-lamp luminaires. Actison RWS 349 UTE: 0.79 D + 0.00 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 2/1.5/ BZ 3/2/BZ 2/2.5/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 Actison S-RWS 349 UTE: 0.72 D + 0.00 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2/.75/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3 164

Accessories 167 Planning example 168 Lamp data 193 DesignationTOCElectricalLamps B D D1 D2 D3 E1 E2 kg version E EDD mm RSX Actison RSX 249 59 026 04 07 2 x 49 265 1350 100 100 200 315 50 10.3 Actison RSX 280 59 027 04 07 2 x 80 265 1350 100 100 200 315 50 10.3 Actison RSX 349 59 029 04 07 3 x 49 465 1350 100 260 200 315 65 15.8 Actison RSX 380 59 030 04 07 3 x 80 465 1350 100 260 200 315 65 15.8 Actison RSX 449 59 031 04 07 4 x 49 465 1350 100 300 200 315 50 15.9 Actison RSX 480 59 032 04 07 4 x 80 465 1350 100 300 200 315 50 15.9 ActisonPlus RSX 335/49/80 59 028 07 3 x 35/49/80 465 1350 100 260 200 315 65 15.8 S-RSX Actison S-RSX 249 59 047 04 07 2 x 49 265 1350 100 100 200 315 50 11.2 Actison S-RSX 280 59 048 04 07 2 x 80 265 1350 100 100 200 315 50 11.2 Actison S-RSX 349 59 050 04 07 3 x 49 465 1350 100 260 200 315 65 15.9 Actison S-RSX 380 59 051 04 07 3 x 80 465 1350 100 260 200 315 65 15.9 Actison S-RSX 449 59 052 04 07 4 x 49 465 1350 100 300 200 315 50 16.0 Actison S-RSX 480 59 053 04 07 4 x 80 465 1350 100 300 200 315 50 16.0 ActisonPlus S-RSX 335/49/80 59 049 07 3 x 35/49/80 465 1350 100 260 200 315 65 15.9 RWS Actison RWS 249 59 033 04 07 2 x 49 265 1350 100 100 200 315 50 12.0 Actison RWS 280 59 034 04 07 2 x 80 265 1350 100 100 200 315 50 12.0 Actison RWS 349 59 036 04 07 3 x 49 465 1350 100 260 200 315 65 16.7 Actison RWS 380 59 037 04 07 3 x 80 465 1350 100 260 200 315 65 16.7 Actison RWS 449 59 038 04 07 4 x 49 465 1350 100 300 200 315 50 16.9 Actison RWS 480 59 039 04 07 4 x 80 465 1350 100 300 200 315 50 16.9 ActisonPlus RWS 335/49/80 59 035 07 3 x 35/49/80 465 1350 100 260 200 315 65 16.7 S-RWS Actison S-RWS 249 59 054 04 07 2 x 49 265 1350 100 100 200 315 50 12.7 Actison S-RWS 280 59 055 04 07 2 x 80 265 1350 100 100 200 315 50 12.7 Actison S-RWS 349 59 057 04 07 3 x 49 465 1350 100 260 200 315 65 17.9 Actison S-RWS 380 59 058 04 07 3 x 80 465 1350 100 260 200 315 65 17.9 Actison S-RWS 449 59 059 04 07 4 x 49 465 1350 100 300 200 315 50 18.1 Actison S-RWS 480 59 060 04 07 4 x 80 465 1350 100 300 200 315 50 18.1 ActisonPlus S-RWS 335/49/80 59 056 07 3 x 35/49/80 465 1350 100 260 200 315 65 17.9 Actison D1 D D3 30 265 D2 E2 E E1 92 1548 D1 D D3 465 D2 30 E2 E E1 92 1548 165

Actison/ActisonPlus Ball-proof surface-mounted luminaires, with accessories also available as recessed and suspended luminaire with STB parabolic reflectors. 654dea IP20 20 joules 650 C S IP50 Actison STB 349 Actison S-STB 349 Application Ball-proof luminaires for sports halls, tennis courts and multi-purpose halls. S Also for squash courts. C0-C180 C0-C180 Optical systems Direct distribution. STB Energy-efficient parabolic reflectors, semi-specular, with reflection-intensifying silver surface, reflectance value > 98 %. Cover Protective grid, steel, white powder-coated. Ball-proof according to DIN 18032-3. Protective grid can be hinged down and unhooked via quick-release catch. S PLEXIGLAS cover, clear, IP50. Ball-proof according to DIN 18032-3. Cover can be hinged down and unhooked via quick-release catch. Luminaire body Sheet steel, white powder-coated. With knock-outs on front planes for throughwiring. Electrical version E With electronic control gear. EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). ActisonPlus With digitally dimmable electronic multi-lamp control gear (DALI) as special version service life of control gear up to 100,000 hours. Series connection possible with 3- and 4-lamp luminaires. Actison STB 349 UTE: 0.90 D + 0.00 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3 Actison S-STB 349 UTE: 0.80 C + 0.00 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3 166

Planning example 168 Lamp data 193 DesignationTOCElectricalLamps B D D1 D2 D3 E1 E2 kg version E EDD mm STB Actison STB 249 59 019 04 07 2 x 49 265 1350 100 100 200 315 50 10.3 Actison STB 280 59 020 04 07 2 x 80 265 1350 100 100 200 315 50 10.3 Actison STB 349 59 022 04 07 3 x 49 465 1350 100 260 200 315 65 14.7 Actison STB 380 59 023 04 07 3 x 80 465 1350 100 260 200 315 65 14.7 Actison STB 449 59 024 04 07 4 x 49 465 1350 100 300 200 315 50 14.8 Actison STB 480 59 025 04 07 4 x 80 465 1350 100 300 200 315 50 14.8 ActisonPlus STB 335/49/80 59 021 07 3 x 35/49/80 465 1350 100 260 200 315 65 14.7 S-STB Actison S-STB 249 59 040 04 07 2 x 49 265 1350 100 100 200 315 50 11.2 Actison S-STB 280 59 041 04 07 2 x 80 265 1350 100 100 200 315 50 11.2 Actison S-STB 349 59 043 04 07 3 x 49 465 1350 100 260 200 315 65 15.9 Actison S-STB 380 59 044 04 07 3 x 80 465 1350 100 260 200 315 65 15.9 Actison S-STB 449 59 045 04 07 4 x 49 465 1350 100 300 200 315 50 16.0 Actison S-STB 480 59 046 04 07 4 x 80 465 1350 100 300 200 315 50 16.0 ActisonPlus S-STB 335/49/80 59 042 07 3 x 35/49/80 465 1350 100 260 200 315 65 15.9 Accessories TOC Description Actison AE 280 59 505 00 Counter-balance weight 280 Actison AE 380 59 506 00 Counter-balance weight 380 Actison BAB 1 59 503 00 Ball safety shield 280 Actison BAB 2 59 504 00 Ball safety shield 380/480 Actison C1 59 493 00 Mounting accessories for cut ceiling 280 Actison C2 59 492 00 Mounting accessories for cut ceiling 380/480 Actison H 59 502 00 Suspension accessories (link chain, turnbuckle etc.) Actison H LB 59 501 00 Suspension accessories for continuous line Actison E04 59 500 00 Link chain E04 Actison Paneel 1 59 495 00 Mounting accessories panel 280 Actison Paneel 2 59 494 00 Mounting accessories panel 380/480 Actison Paneel 75 59 496 00 Panel adapter 75 (module 100) Actison Paneel 85 59 497 00 Panel adapter 85 Actison ZDV/315/80 59 509 00 Through-wiring, 3-pole + nipple Actison ZDV/515/80 59 510 00 Through-wiring, 5-pole + nipple Actison ZDV/715/80 59 511 00 Through-wiring, 7-pole + nipple 07690/5LV/25m 21 890 00 Through-wiring, 5-pole, 25 m Actison ZI4 59 508 00 Replacement key, TRILUX allen key 4 mm Actison D1 D D3 30 265 D2 E2 E E1 92 1548 D1 D D3 465 D2 30 E2 E E1 92 1548 167

Planning examples for sports hall lighting b 2 b 1 b 3 b 2 b 1 Symmetrical luminaire arrangement Luminaire arrangement for adjusting intensity distribution Planning examples The dimensions of sports halls are standardised many times over. For single sports halls (table on left) or triple sports halls (table on right), the tables below specify installation examples for illuminance levels 750 lx, 500 lx and 300 lx. Adjusted intensity Lighting uniformity at the front of the hall can be improved according to needs with additional luminaires between the luminaire lines. Planning parameters The calculations are based upon the following basic conditions: Working plane: 0 m Reflectance values: 0.5/0.5/0.3 Maintenance factor: 0.8 Luminous flux (49 W): 4300 lm Luminous flux (80 W): 6150 lm The evaluation zone for the calculations in the table below for the simple hall is the volleyball court including 3 m border (24 x 15 m) and for the triple discipline hall the standard handball court (40 x 20 m). Configuration Sports hall luminaires should be arranged as luminaire rows parallel to the longitudinal sides. In the planning tables below, b 1 represents the distance of the first luminaire row to the nearest wall, b 2 represents the distance of the second luminaire row; see adjacent sketch. With an uneven number of luminaire rows, one luminaire row runs through the centre of the hall. b 3 corresponds to the distance from the side wall to the 3rd luminaire with a luminaire arrangement the final required distribution. With partitionable halls, it must predominantly assumed that the individual hall areas can be classified in lighting class III, the complete hall in lighting class I or II. Photometric selection options RSX Energy-efficient parabolic louvre, semispecular, with reflectionintensifying silver surface, reflectance value > 98 %. RWS Louvre, white, for homogeneous light distribution, sheet steel, powder-coated. STB Energy-efficient parabolic reflectors, semispecular, with reflectionintensifying silver surface, reflectance value > 98 %. Single sports halls L x W x H: 27.0 x 15.0 x 5.5 m Louvre version/ Luminaire cover Lamp type Planning results Designation 750 lx 500 lx 300 lx T5 T5 T5 T5 Actison RSX 2x80 Actison RSX 3x49 Actison RSX 3x80 Actison S-RSX 3x80 Luminaire quantity Illuminance Lum. arrangement Luminaire quantity Illuminance Lum. arrangement Luminaire quantity Illuminance Lum. arrangement Luminaire quantity Illuminance Lum. arrangement E av b 1 /b 2 /b 3 E av b 1 /b 2 E av b 1 /b 2 E av b 1 /b 2 1x7+4x6+1x7=38 779 lx 1.1/3.2/3.6 6x6=36 758 lx 1.3/3.8 7x4=28 814 lx 1.9/6.5 6x5=30 788 lx 1.5/4.5 6x4=24 501 lx 1.9/5.6 5x5=25 532 lx 1.5/4.5 5x4=20 586 lx 1.9/5.6 5x4=20 528 lx 1.9/5.6 4x4=16 337 lx 1.9/5.6 4x4=16 342 lx 1.9/5.6 4x3=12 353 lx 2.5/7.5 4x3=12 320 lx 2.5/7.5 T5 T5 T5 T5 Actison RWS 2x80 Actison RWS 3x49 Actison RWS 3x80 Actison S-RWS 3x80 Luminaire quantity Illuminance Lum. arrangement Luminaire quantity Illuminance Lum. arrangement Luminaire quantity Illuminance Lum. arrangement Luminaire quantity Illuminance Lum. arrangement E av b 1 /b 2 /b 3 E av b 1 /b 2 /b 3 E av b 1 /b 2 /b 3 E av b 1 /b 2 7x6=42 755 lx 1.3/3.8 6x6=36 758 lx 1.3/3.8 7x5=35 832 lx 1.5/4.5 7x5=35 753 lx 1.5/4.5 6x5=30 536 lx 1.5/4.5 5x6=30 537 lx 1.5/4.5 6x4=24 573 lx 1.9/5.6 5x5=25 540 lx 1.5/4.5 1x5+2x4+1x5=18 321 lx 1.5/4.5/5.5 1x5+2x4+1x5=18 328 lx 1.9/4.7/5.6 1x4+2x3+1x4=14 329 lx 1.9/5.6/7.5 4x4=16 351 lx 1.9/5.6 T5 T5 Actison STB 3x80 Actison S-STB 3x80 Luminaire quantity Illuminance Lum. arrangement Luminaire quantity Illuminance Lum. arrangement E av b 1 /b 2 /b 3 E av b 1 /b 2 1x5+4x4+1x5=26 753 lx 1.5/4.5/5.5 6x5=30 829 lx 1.5/4.5 1x5+2x4+1x5=18 523 lx 1.5/4.5/5.5 4x5=20 561 lx 1.5/4.5 4x3=12 357 lx 2.5/7.5 4x3=12 336 lx 2.5/7.5 168

Step switching 3-lamp TRILUX sports hall luminaires with electronic control gear can be operated with seriesc onnection. For example the lighting level in 750 lux installations can be reduced to 500 lux. 3- and 4-lamp luminaires can be operated with series connection. With twin lamp luminaires with ECG, this is not possible with series luminaires, as twin-lamp ECGs are used. Light management Further possibilities for light control come about from integration of the energy-saving LIGHTGATEplus light managements ystem, see in addition page 176. System settings can be set via the press of a button for example the three sports hall-typical nominal levels of 750, 500 and 300 lux save energy by integration of daylight via a sensor. LIGHTGATEplus hall controllers are usually mounted outside of the luminaires in subdistribution boxes. The sensors are also installed outside of the luminaires, on or in the sports hall ceiling together with ball protection covers. Only dimmable luminaires with DALI interface are then required. All TRILUX sports hall luminaires with dimmable control gear are available as standard via the order number supplement EDD. Ball protection In addition to photometric quality, sports halls also need mechanical quality. Luminaires for sports hall should be protected from damage by flying balls. This requirement is fulfilled with all TRILUX sports hall luminaires for surface-mounting or recess-mounting to fixed ceilings or sub-constructions,a nd also with suspended mounting, with or without 110N angled trunking. Ballproof inspection With ballproof inspection, sports hall luminaires are tested with a ball shooting device. After 36 shots with impact speeds of 60 km/h, the luminaires must have no significant damage and no luminaire parts may fall away. Presence detection makes further savings possible. This function is also integrated in LIGHTGATEplus. Triple sports halls L x W x H: 45.0 x 27.0 x 7.0 m Louvre version/ Luminaire cover Lamp type Planning results Designation 750 lx 500 lx 300 lx T5 T5 T5 T5 Actison RSX 2x80 Actison RSX 3x49 Actison RSX 3x80 Actison S-RSX 3x80 Luminaire quantity Illuminance Lum. arrangement Luminaire quantity Illuminance Lum. arrangement Luminaire quantity Illuminance Lum. arrangement Luminaire quantity Illuminance Lum. arrangement E av b 1 /b 2 E av b 1 /b 2 E av b 1 /b 2 E av b 1 /b 2 18 x 6 = 108 785 lx 2.3/6.8 15 x 7 = 105 783 lx 1.9/5.8 15 x 5 = 75 768 lx 2.7/8.1 15 x 6 = 90 826 lx 2.3/6.8 12 x 6 = 72 524 lx 2.3/6.8 12 x 6 = 72 538 lx 2.3/6.8 9 x 6 = 54 555 lx 2.7/6.8 9 x 6 = 54 497 lx 2.3/6.8 9 x 5 = 45 328 lx 2.7/8.1 9 x 5 = 45 337 lx 2.7/8.1 6 x 5 = 30 310 lx 2.7/8.1 6 x 6 = 36 332 lx 2.3/6.8 T5 T5 T5 T5 Actison RWS 2x80 Actison RWS 3x49 Actison RWS 3x80 Actison S-RWS 3x80 Luminaire quantity Illuminance Lum. arrangement Luminaire quantity Illuminance Lum. arrangement Luminaire quantity Illuminance Lum. arrangement Luminaire quantity Illuminance Lum. arrangement E av b 1 /b 2 E av b 1 /b 2 E av b 1 /b 2 E av b 1 /b 2 18 x 7 = 126 797 lx 1.9/5.8 15 x 8 = 120 759 lx 1.7/5.1 15 x 6 = 90 761 lx 2.3/6.8 15 x 7 = 105 802 lx 1.9/5.8 12 x 7 = 84 532 lx 1.9/5.8 12 x 7 = 84 532 lx 1.9/5.8 9 x 7 = 63 533 lx 1.9/5.8 9 x 8 = 72 551 lx 1.7/5.1 9 x 6 = 54 345 lx 2.3/6.8 9 x 5 = 45 336 lx 2.7/8.1 9 x 4 = 36 307 lx 3.4/10.1 9 x 5 = 45 346 lx 2.7/8.1 T5 T5 Actison STB 3x80 Actison S-STB 3x80 Luminaire quantity Illuminance Lum. arrangement Luminaire quantity Illuminance Lum. arrangement E av b 1 /b 2 E av b 1 /b 2 12 x 6 = 72 752 lx 2.3/6.8 12 x 7 = 84 813 lx 1.9/5.8 9 x 6 = 54 559 lx 2.3/6.8 9 x 6 = 54 524 lx 2.3/6.8 6 x 5 = 30 311 lx 2.7/8.1 6 x 6 = 36 352 lx 2.3/6.8 169

Light management

TRILUX light management Intelligent light management saves energy and reduces carbon dioxide emissions because it knows when artificial light is needed and when not. In addition TRILUX solutions can be installed extremely simply. Such solutions are available for nearly all applications, ranging from single offices to industrial halls. And TRILUX luminaires can also be integrated easily into existing building control systems. Often in addition to the demand for high energy efficiency there is also the wish for individuality and design flexibility. User-friendly operation and clarity is therefore particularly important. But modern lighting electronics as part of the TRILUX system can also be used effectively for supporting the natural daily cycle and sense of well-being. 172

Possible energy savings with TRILUX light management*: Daylight regulation + presence detection Presence detection Daylight regulation The presence detection A sensitive sensor recognises when people are present and switches the light on. After a period of absence, e.g. 15 minutes, the light is automatically switched off again, meaning artificial light is only used when it is needed. 55 % 35 % 20 % The daylight regulation A light sensor measures the brightness of the room. By adjusting to the daylight component, only as much artificial light as required is used to reach a predefined lighting level. Your advantages at a glance Savings: you save money for lighting energy, and reduce carbon dioxide emissions. Simple installation: sensors and luminaires are extremely simply installed and configured. Sensors are already integrated in several TRILUX luminaires. Sensor positioning: your lighting planners will be glad to specify the optimal location for you. Integration in the building control: as an alternative to simple light management systems, TRILUX luminaires can be optimally integrated into higherlevel building controls (e.g. EIB). As you can see, TRILUX light management systems are as efficient as they are simple in terms of use. * Potential savings depend on daylight supply, relative absence and other factors. This can be determined with the calculation procedure according to DIN V 18599 for a wide variety of user profiles. 174 LIGHTGATEplus 176 LIGHTGATEplus Controller for halls 178 LIGHTGATEbasic 180 ActiLume 182 Luxomat 184 Dim Pico 185 DALI Poti 185 DALI Repeater Light management for activating lighting Medical advancements of the past years show that the biorhythms and therefore the sub-conscious life functions of people are significantly influenced by light that accompanies people in their daily cycles. Their natural needs are characterised by evolution. It therefore makes sense to adopt daylight as an example for the artificial lighting of our modern living environments. In particular, the blue component of light in the colour of the sky has been determined as our synchroniser. As such, the natural biological rhythm and well-being of people can be supported by the specific control of specific light components within lighting. TRILUX implements the light management systems LIGHTGATEplus and DALI Easy for this purpose, e.g. for pre-set solutions with the Valuco Active luminaire. Light management and coloured light In many public areas, applications with decorative coloured light are used. Often these are based on RGB colour mixing, whereby LED is increasingly being used. The DALI Easy and DALI Dynamic Control systems are suitable for the individual setting of any light colour according to customer requirements and also for dynamic, time-controlled colour sequences. 186 Valuco Active 187 DALI Dynamic Control 188 DALI Easy Further information at www.trilux.co.uk/lm 173

LIGHTGATEplus Room-oriented light management with daylight-dependent control and presence detection 55 % System features LIGHTGATEplus is a high-performance light management system with components for installation both within the luminaires and outside of the luminaires. The system combines automatic presence detection and constant light control for maximum energy savings. Both functions can be deactivated. The nominal value for constant light control, the switch-off delay and operating mode (automatic / semi-automatic) can be set independently of each other. The DALI luminaires connected to an integral control device can be operated in up to four groups. In areas supplied with daylight (e.g. classrooms), separate control with two separate light sensors (individual group control) can be set up. Offset control is also possible. Dimming of luminaires near to the windows is via a different setting (offset) to the group away from the windows. A further two groups can assume the function of supplementary lighting without daylight-dependent control. Simple manual dimming and switching can be via singlebutton operation. Multi-button operation gives further operating possibilities, or a remote control device can be used requiring a receiver (integrated in the LGS-RPL/S sensor unit). The advantages Energy savings via daylight use Additional energy savings via presence detection Intuitive one-button operation (switching, dimming) Multi-button operation with extended functions Operation via remote control device Nominal value can be set individually Connection of max. three sensor units Individual control of groups of two Switch-off delay for presence detection can be set (3 min. to 60 min. or deactivated) Fully automatic operation (switching off, switching on again) Semi-automatic operation (only switching off, manual switching on) Simple installation and start-up System luminaires Master luminaires with integral LIGHTGATEplus light management can be integrated into many TRILUX luminaire ranges (luminaire designation: +LGM, with LGC-ES01/L/D control device) on request. They are wired ready for connection. All required electrical connections are available at easily accessible luminaire terminals (mains power, 2 x DALI, up to 4 push-buttons, 1 x RJ10 for external sensors). The connection of additional sensor units (total of 3) is possible for expanding the detection area of the presence detection. These can be in the form of sensor luminaires ( +LGS) or sensor units for recess-mounting or surface-mounting. Connection example with LIGHTGATEplus luminaires Master luminaire ( +LGM) with integral sensor unit (LGS-0PL/M) and control device (LGC-ES01/L/D) Sensor luminaire ( +LGS) with integral sensor unit (LGS-0PL/M) Simple switching and dimming via singlebutton operation (zero-voltage) Further operating functions via multi-button operation Control of up to 50 DALI luminaires possible (incl. master luminaire) Connector terminals for 2 DALI groups (single groups or offset control) Up to 4 DALI groups in addressing mode Simple installation with low wiring effort Group 2 Sensor luminaire (" +LGS") LN D2 - D1+ LN D2 - D1+ LN D2 - D1+ Group 1 Master luminaire (" +LGM") LN D2 - D1+ LN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 LN D2 - D1+ N L 174

LIGHTGATEplus System components 55 % LGC-ES01/L/D LGS-RPL/S LGM-SM LGR-SC Control device Controller LGC-ES01/L/D For installation in luminaire Control of up to 50 DALI ECGs possible Connector terminals for 2 DALI groups Connector terminals for up to 4 push-buttons (zero-voltage, SELV) RJ10 connection for sensor units Height of housing: 21 mm (Details about push-button functions and system configurations to be found in the operating instructions at www.trilux.co.uk/service) Sensor units Sensor LGS-RPL/S For surface-mounting and recess-mounting (with additional accessories) Integral light sensor Integral presence sensor Integral radio receiver for system remote control Sensor LGS-0PL/M (mini-sensor) For installation in luminaire For recess-mounting (with additional accessories) Integral light sensor Integral presence sensor With RJ10 connection cable, 2 m System remote control LGR-SC Radio remote control For the complete operation and convenient programming of all system functions of LIGHTGATEplus control devices, for installation in luminaire Sensor LGS-RPL/S requires radio receiver Sensor LGS-RPL/S Sensor LGS-OPL/M 8000 5000 1900 2700 5000 3500 1900 2700 Designation TOC Description LGC-ES01/L/D 50 444 00 Controller for installation in luminaire LGR-SC 50 449 00 Remote control LGS-RPL/S 50 448 00 Sensor (light, presence, radio receiver) LGS-0P0/S/T 56 787 00 Radio presence detection LGS-0PL/M 58 899 00 Mini-sensor (light, presence) LGM-RM 50 450 00 Recess-mounting set for sensor LGS-RPL/S LGM-SM 50 451 00 Surface-mounting set for sensor LGS-RPL/S LGM-RM/M 58 900 00 Recess-mounting set for mini-sensor LGS-OPL/M 0MD2 50 567 00 Modular two-way distributor for data lines 0MK1 22 274 00 Modular coupling for data lines 0L02 22 261 00 Data line 2 m 0L05 22 262 00 Data line 5 m 0L10 22 263 00 Data line 10 m 0L20 22 264 00 Data line 20 m 0L50 22 265 00 Data line 50 m LGI-DA 50 566 00 Interface converter, DALI 1-10 V Further control devices with special push-button functions on request, also available in master luminaires. Further information at www.trilux.co.uk/lm 175

L L 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 LIGHTGATEplus Light management for halls with daylight-dependent control and presence detection 55 % The LGC-HX01/S/D control device has been designed for optimal access to the system in halls and similar locations (e.g. works halls, sports halls, event halls, foyers) via installation in the sub-distribution. All system settings are via the control device. This enables the connection of up to 64 ballasts in each case for broadcast operation at three DALI connections. Presence detection and constant light control are via LGS-RPL/S sensor units. Both functions can be deactivated. The nominal values for constant light control, the switch-off delay and its operating mode (automatic / semi-automatic) can be set independently of each other. Separate control of the 3 DALI groups with separate light sensors (individual group control) can be implemented. For each area, two supplementary sensor units can be installed for presence detection. If all DALI groups are in standby operation via the DALI interface, deactivation of the mains supply for the connected luminaires is via the integral circuit-breaker, usually with postconnected power contactors. In this way standby losses are minimised. Simple manual dimming and switching of the lighting and the calling up of various nominal control values or lighting scenes can follow with up to 6 installation push-buttons. Up to three control devices can be installed in master/slave switching according to application (e.g. triple-discipline sports hall). This enables switching between separate operation of the control devices (single hall operation) and common operation (total hall operation) for all three controllers. LGC-HX01/S/D Control device Controller LGC-HX01/S/D For installing in the sub-distribution Connector terminals for 3 DALI groups 64 ECGs per DALI interface, broadcast operation Connector terminals for up to 6 push-buttons (zero-voltage, SELV) and control lamp (24 V DC) Connector terminals for 2 function selection switches and control lamp (24 V DC) 3 x RJ10 connections, each for 3 sensor units LGS-RPL/S Integral circuit-breaker (1000 VA), for avoidance of standby losses from controlled DALI ballasts Housing 9 DRA LGS-RPL/S LGM-SM Sensor unit Sensor LGS-RPL/S For surface-mounting and recess-mounting (with additional accessories) Integral light sensor Integral presence sensor For mounting heights up to 8 m The advantages Energy savings via daylight use Additional energy savings via presence detection Connection of up to 192 luminaires to one control device Operation of up to 576 luminaires via master/slave switching of 3 control devices Up to three regulation ranges per controller Broadcast operation, no addressing Up to three presence sensors per regulation range Two sensitivity levels for presence detection All settings are via the control device PE N L Sensor 1-3 Sensor Gr. 1 Power Sensor 4-6 Sensor Gr. 2 220...240 V 0/50...60 Hz t a: 0...65 C Sensor 7-9 Sensor Gr. 3 Slave Controller Slave Controller Order no.: 177 042 L : max. 1000VA DA1: max. 64 EVG DA2: max. 64 EVG DA3: max. 64 EVG Progr. Interface T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 COM1 COM2 L N N PE DA1 DA1 +UB DA2 DA2 DA3 DA3 S1 S2 G8 H9 COM Gesamt-/Total hall H Einzel-/Single hall COM COM Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 PE N L DA DA PE N L DA DA PE N L DA DA Luminaire with DALI ballast Luminaire with DALI ballast Luminaire with DALI ballast PE N L DA DA Luminaire with DALI ballast Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 PE N L DA DA PE N L Luminaire with DALI ballast DA DA Luminaire with DALI ballast Further luminaires, max. 64 DALI ballasts Further luminaires, max. 64 DALI ballasts Further luminaires, max. 64 DALI ballasts 176

LIGHTGATEplus Example of a triple-discipline sports hall with 3 control devices in master/slave operation Hall 3 Hall 2 Hall 1 Sensor 2 Sensor 2 Sensor 2 Sensor 3 Sensor 3 Sensor 3 Sensor 1 Sensor 1 Sensor 1 500 lx 300 lx 200 lx 500 lx 300 lx 200 lx 500 lx 300 lx 200 lx Active/inactive control Single/ complete Functions Single hall use Room lighting controlled according to daylight 2 independent control groups per hall in broadcast operation each with one light sensor (Sensor 1, Sensor 2) Switches off with sufficient daylight Presence detection per hall over the complete space with 3 sensors Automatic switching on for each hall with falling to 200 lx in controlled operation Setting possibilities Push button 1: first set value 200 lx Push button 2: second set value 300 lx Push button 3: third set value 500 lx Switching on again with absence to 200 lx in controlled operation Complete hall use As with single halls, but with: Presence detection over the complete hall with 9 sensors Lighting control of complete hall via the sensors of one control device (master) Setting possibilities Switch S1: changing from regulated operation (set value) to manual operation (fixed dimming value), presence deactivated Push button 1: first set value/dimming value 200 lx Push button 2: second set value/dimming value 300 lx Push button 3: third set value/dimming value 500 lx Energy requirement (according to DIN V 18599) Reference value according to EnEV 46364 kwh/a Planned lighting system 27344 kwh/a Reference value shortfall 42 % Room data Complete room Playing area Connected load 45 m x 27 m x 7 m 40 m x 20 m 10,584 Watt Energy saving via light management 29 % Designation TOC Description LGC-HX01/S/D 56 785 00 Hall controller for mounting in the sub-distribution unit LGS-RPL/S 50 448 00 Sensor (light, presence, radio receiver) LGM-RM 50 450 00 Recess-mounting set for sensor LGS-RPL/S LGM-SM 50 451 00 Surface-mounting set for sensor LGS-RPL/S 0MD2 50 567 00 Modular two-way distributor for data lines 0MK1 22 274 00 Modular coupling for data lines 0L02 22 261 00 Data line 2 m 0L05 22 262 00 Data line 5 m 0L10 22 263 00 Data line 10 m 0L20 22 264 00 Data line 20 m 0L50 22 265 00 Data line 50 m 0BS 22 255 00 Ball protection basket for sensors LGI-DA/S 56 786 00 Interface converter, DALI 1-10 V, for the sub-distribution unit Further information at www.trilux.co.uk/lm 177

LIGHTGATEbasic Light management for luminaire groups with daylight-dependent control and presence detection 55 % System features LIGHTGATEbasic is the basic version of the LIGHTGATE family. It is suitable for installing in luminaires and fulfills all fundamental requirements of a light management system for a workstation or small room. The system combines automatic presence detection and constant light control for maximum potential. Both functions can be deactivated. The nominal value for constant light control, the switch-off delay and operating mode (automatic / semi-automatic) can be set independently of each other. The connected DALI luminaires can be operated in two groups via separate DALI connections. In rooms with differing daylight quantities (e.g. on front planes of window axes), separate control with two separate light sensors (individual group control) is recommended. Offset control is also possible (see LIGHTGATEplus). As soon as both groups are in standby operation, mains supply to the luminaires is switched off via an integral circuit-breaker. In this way standby losses are minimised. Manual dimming and switching is possible via installation push button. Infrared system remote control is also available. The advantages Energy savings via daylight use Additional energy savings via presence detection Intuitive one-button operation (switching, dimming) Operation via system remote control Nominal value can be set individually Connection of max. two sensor units, individual control of two groups Switch-off delay can be set (with remote control, 3 min. to 60 min. or deactivated) Fully automatic operation (switching off, switching on again) Semi-automatic operation (only switching off, manual switching on) Integral circuit-breaker (to 1000 VA) Sensor unit has integral receiver for IR system remote control Simple installation and start-up System luminaires Master luminaires with integral LIGHTGATEbasic light management can be integrated into many TRILUX luminaire ranges (luminaire designation: +LGbM) on request. They are wired ready for connection. All required electrical connections are available at easily accessible luminaire terminals (mains power, switched phase L, 2 x DALI, 1 push-button, 1 x RJ10 for external sensors). The connection of an additional sensor unit is possible for expanding the detection area of presence detection. This can be in the form of a sensor luminaire ( +LGbS) or sensor unit for recess-mounting. Connection example with LIGHTGATEbasic system luminaires Master luminaire with integral sensor unit and control device ( +LGbM) Sensor luminaire with integral sensor unit ( +LGbS) Switching and dimming via push button (pushed phase) or remote control Control of up to 16 DALI luminaires possible (incl. master luminaire) Connector terminals for 2 DALI groups (single groups or offset control) Simple installation with low wiring effort Avoidance of additional standby losses of connected luminaires via further wiring with switched phase L (internal ECG also on switched phase) Group 2 Sensor luminaire (" +LGbS") LN D2 - D1+ LN D2 - D1+ LN D2 - D1+ Group 1 LN D2 - D1+ Master luminaire (" +LGbM") L N L 1 2 3 4 LN D2 - D1+ N L 178

LIGHTGATEbasic System components 55 % LGC-EB01/L/D LGS-IPL/M LGR-SI Control device Controller LGC-EB01/L/D For installation in luminaire Control of up to 16 DALI ECGs possible Connector terminals for 2 DALI groups Connector terminals for one push button (pushed phase) Connector terminals for mains connection and further wiring of switched phase Integral circuit-breaker (1000 VA), for avoidance of standby losses of controlled ballasts RJ10 connection for sensor unit LGS-IPL/M Height of housing: 21 mm Sensor unit Sensor LGS-IPL/M Integral light sensor Integral presence sensor Integral IR receiver (passive infrared) for system remote control With RJ10 connection cable, 2 m System remote control LGR-SI Infrared remote control For complete operation and programming of all LIGHTGATEbasic system functions PE N L Push button TIn T Out Order no.: 10076675 N 220...240 V ta: 0...65 C L 0/50...60 Hz L' Gr. 2 max. 8 Gr. 1 max. 8 DA DA DA DA Group 1 Luminaire with DALI ECG Group 2 Luminaire with DALI ECG Group 1 Luminaire with DALI ECG Group 2 Luminaire with DALI ECG Further luminaire Group 1 Further luminaire Group 2 Designation TOC Description LGC-BS01/L/D 59 972 00 Controller LGR-SI 59 974 00 Remote control LGS-IPL/M 59 973 00 Sensor LGM-RM/M 58 900 00 Recess-mounting set for mini-sensor LGS-IPL/M Further information at www.trilux.co.uk/lm 179

ActiLume Light management for luminaire groups with basic functions for daylight-dependent control and presence detection 55 % System features ActiLume is a simple and convenient light management system especially for small rooms (e.g. single offices). The system achieves high energy savings via automatic presence detection and constant light control. The set value for constant light control can be set to preference. Optionally, DALI luminaires with ActiLume can be operated as two groups at separate connections (near to window and far from window). Dimming of the luminaires far from the window follows the luminaires of Group 1 controlled with the sensor, with an offset of + 30 % (offset operation). Simple manual dimming and switching of the lighting can be implemented via an optional installation button. The remote control enables additional control, from simple dimming and switching (LMS ACTI UID 8510 and IRT 8010) up to complete system configuration (LMS ACTI IRT 8098 and IRT 8099). The advantages Energy savings via daylight use Electronic constant light control Nominal value can be set individually Luminaires automatically switch off with sufficient daylight Additional energy savings via presence detection Switch-off delay 15 min. Expansion of presence detection area by connection of external sensors Simple operation via push button or remote control Simple installation and start-up System luminaires Master luminaires with integral ActiLume light management can be integrated into many TRILUX luminaire ranges (luminaire designation: +ActiM) on request. They are wired ready for connection. All required electrical connections are available at easily accessible luminaire terminals (mains power, 2 x DALI, 1 x push-button). For expanding the detection area of presence detection, connection of up to 2 external sensors for installation on or in ceilings is possible. Sensor and control device are integrated within luminaire (master luminaire +ActiM) Switching and dimming via push button and remote control Control of up to 10 DALI luminaires possible (incl. master luminaire) Connector terminals for 2 DALI groups (window, aisle), for offset control Connection of max. 2 external presence sensors to DALI line Simple installation with low wiring effort Nominal value setting at the sensor or via remote control (LMS ACTI IRT 8098 or 8099) Switch-off delay of presence detection is 15 minutes (cannot be modified) Connection example with ActiLume system luminaire...+actim...edd 1 N D2 - D1+ N L D2 - D1+ Window LN D2 - D1+...EDD...EDD LN D2 - D1+ LN D2 - D1+ 2,5 m (max. 3,5 m) LMS ACTI LRM 8118/00 (optional) 5 m N L 6 m Sensitivity range of presence control (6 x 5 m) 180

ActiLume System components 55 % LMS ACTI UID 8510 LMS ACTI IRT 8010 LMS ACTI IRT 809 LMS ACTI LRM 8118 Infrared wall operating panel UID 8510 (for the user) Switching and dimming of lighting Addressable on one of seven different group addresses, A to G (DIP switch in battery compartment of operating panel) for control of addressed ActiLume luminaires. Suitable for wall-mounting Infrared remote control IRT 8010 (for the user) Switching and dimming of lighting Addressable on one of seven different group addresses, A to G (rotary control in battery compartment of remote control) for control of addressed ActiLume luminaires Range 2.5 m Wall bracket available as accessory (LRH 8010/00) Infrared remote control IRT 8098 (Service remote control) Switching and dimming of lighting Nominal value setting Operating mode selection (single or open-planoffi ce) Test function for inspecting detection area of presence sensor Range 2.5 m Infrared remote control IRT 8099 (Service remote control) Switching and dimming of lighting Nominal value setting Operating mode selection (single office, open-plan office, classroom, conference room, corridor, washroom) Setting the level for background lighting (in open-plan office or corridor mode) Activation or deactivation of switch-on delay (20 s) with switching on of mains supply or with return of mains after a power failure (power-up state) Assignment of group addresses (A to G) Reset function for retrieval of factory settings Querying of set operating mode Test function for inspecting detection area of presence sensor Range 2.5 m IR presence sensor ACTI LRM 8118/00 For expansion of the detection area To be connected to a DALI control line Designation TOC Description LMS ACTI UID 8510 59 909 00 Wall operating panel (On/Off/Dimming) LMS ACTI IRT 8010/00 50 439 00 Remote control (On/Off/Dimming) LMS ACTI LRH 8010/00 50 442 00 Wall bracket for IRT 8010/00 LMS ACTI IRT 8098/00 50 440 00 Remote control with basic programming functions LMS ACTI IRT 8099/00 50 441 00 Remote control with expanded functions LMS ACTI LRM 8118/00 50 443 00 Expansion sensor for presence detection LMS ACTI LRH 8100/00 58 733 00 Surface-mounted enclosure to expansion sensor LMS ACTI LRM (8118/00) Further information at www.trilux.co.uk/lm 181

Luxomat Simple light control via presence detection 35 % System features Luxomat is a simple light management system for the presence-dependent switching of luminaires. It additionally enables daylightdependent deactivation with the exceeding of a set threshold value. The system is used mainly in areas with low daylight levels in which constant light control can be done without, or in areas having only switchable luminaires. Luxomat is available on request as an integral solution in many TRILUX master luminaires. The advantages Energy savings from switching via presence detection Operation possible with one push button Fully automatic or semi-automatic can be selected Automatic switching on and off with fully automatic Only automatic switching off with semi-automatic, switching on again via push button Switch-off delay can be selected (15 sec. to 30 min.) Additional savings via automatic switching off with sufficient brightness (threshold switch) Threshold value can be set from 20 lx to 2000 lx Wide variety of mounting possibilities Simple installation Simple retrofitting into existing lighting installations Only switchable (non-dimmable) luminaires required System luminaires Master luminaires with integral Luxomat light management can be integrated into many TRILUX luminaire ranges (luminaire designation: +LuxoM) on request. They are wired ready for connection. All required electrical connections are available at easily accessible luminaire terminals. System settings for Luxomat master luminaires are fundamentally via a remote control. For expansion of the detection area, the connection of sensor luminaires (luminaire designation +LuxoS) with integral slave sensors is possible. Master luminaire ( +LuxoM) with integral master sensor (Luxomat PD9-M) Sensor luminaire ( +LuxoS) with integral slave sensor (Luxomat PD9-S) Manual operation via push button and remotec ontrol All system settings implemented with the IR-PD9 remote control Expansion of detection area with any number of sensor luminaires ( +LuxoS) Simple installation with low wiring effort Switching of up to six 1-lamp luminaires or four 2-lamp luminaires To increase the switching capacity a power contactor can be subsequently activated Standby power consumption < 1 W Factory setting Switch-off delay: 5 min. Threshold value: 200 lux Fully automatic mode Detection area of master luminaires 2500 10000 5000 1000 Electrical connection E+LuxoM E E+LuxoS E R L N L LN R L N LN N L 182

Luxomat Simple light control via presence detection 35 % External luminaire sensors The sensors Luxomat PD2 and Luxomat PD4-GH are for external luminaire mounting indoors. Common specifications are: Switch-off delay and threshold value can be adjusted at the sensor Switch-off delay, threshold value and operating mode (fully/semi-automatic) can also be set with specific remote control Simple installation with low wiring effort Power consumption < 1 W PD2-M-AP IR-PD PD4-M-GH-AP IR-PD4-GH Luxomat PD2 Versions for surface-mounting or recess-mounting Circular detection area Suitable for mounting heights to 5 m Special optical system for detection of very small movements Relay with additional switching function (zero-voltage) for external consumers (air-conditioning) Delay period for external consumers can be set at the sensor (5 to 120 min.) Remote control IR-PD Luxomat PD4-GH Surface-mounted sensor for high mounting heights Oval detection area Suitable for mounting heights to 13 m Range approx. 44 m, especially for highbay racking Remote control IR-PD4-GH Remote control IR-PD4-GH Infrared remote control for setting and operation of Luxomat PD4-GH sensor Remote control IR-PD Infrared remote control for setting and operation of Luxomat PD2 sensors Luxomat PD2 Luxomat PD4 2,5 m 9 m 10 m 22 m 5 m 10 m 44 m Designation TOC Description LMS Luxomat PD2-M-AP 58 717 00 Presence detector for surface-mounting (master) LMS Luxomat PD2-M-DE 58 715 00 Presence detector for recess-mounting (master) LMS Luxomat PD2-S-AP 58 718 00 Presence detector for surface-mounting (slave) LMS Luxomat PD2-S-DE 58 716 00 Presence detector for recess-mounting (slave) LMS Luxomat PD4-M-GH-AP 58 967 00 Presence detector for high halls, surface-mounting (master) LMS Luxomat PD4-S-GH-AP 58 968 00 Presence detector for high halls, surface-mounting (slave) LMS Luxomat IR-PD 58 719 00 Remote control for LMS Luxomat PD2-M LMS Luxomat IR-PD4-GH 58 969 00 Remote control for LMS Luxomat PD4-M-GH LMS Luxomat IR-PD9 59 436 00 Remote control for Luxomat master luminaires LMS Luxomat BSK 58 970 00 Ball protection basket Further information at www.trilux.co.uk/lm 183

Dim Pico Daylight-dependent dimming without switching off luminaires 20 % Dim Pico is a light sensor for control of individual luminaires or small luminaire groups via the 1...10 V interface. The sensor is generally installed in the luminaire on-site. For this purpose, only connection of the sensor to the luminaire terminals of the interface and attachment of the fixing clamp are required. Dim Pico commences control from a nominal value that can be set on-site via a shield at the sensor. The system regulates down to a minimum with increasing detected overall brightness. This enables some of the lighting energy to be saved. Energy savings via daylight dependent dimming Simple installation on-site Low cost because of simple implementation LMS Dim Pico 1 TOC 58 485 00 Daylight dependent dimming Without switching off luminaires Dimming sequence according to sketch (no constant light control) Installation height max. 4 m Simple plug-on light sensor for clipping onto the fluorescent tube Clip included for T5 and T8 lamps Setting of sensor by rotating the housing and opening the shield For 1-10 V interface (ED luminaire version) For control of up to 10 electronic controle gears (1...10 V) Can be installed in all RSX, RPX, RMV, RSV, RPV and RWV louvres Dim Pico uses approximately 50% of the daylight, meaning it regulates artificial lighting down to a minimum only with increased ingress of daylight. Example With darkness, artificial lighting is set to 500 lx. If daylight increases, artificial light is dimmed down to 50% of the daylight component (meaning with 500 lx pure daylight, dimmed to 250 lx artificial light). Artificial light is at minimum dimming setting with 1000 lx daylight. Working plane lighting (lux) 1500 L N 1000 500 Total with Dim Pico Daylight Luminaire luminous flux DIMM EVG 1...10 V ~ +- L N - + LMS Dim Pico 1 500 1000 1500 Daylight (lux) 184

DALI Poti / DALI Repeater Manual control Dimmable luminaires enable setting of the artificial lighting level according to needs. This occurs with the help of light management devices. With the simplest version, connected luminaires are only set manually by users according to individual needs. DALI control devices ensure uniform, synchronous switching and dimming and low installation effort. Individual selection of lighting level Intuitive operation Connection of several operating panels Simple installation LMS DALI Poti TOC 58 432 00 LMS DALI Repeater TOC 58 905 00 DALI control device for DALI luminaires Intuitive operation according to classic model (switching/dimming via pressing or rotating of the operating button) Uniform control of luminaires Installation in standard flush mounted box With integral mains power for 25 DALI participants Connection of an auxiliary unit with only 2 cable wires (without connection of integral mains supply) Connection of up to 50 DALI luminaires with parallel switching of second DALI poti with mains power Here connection of a further auxiliary unit is possible Broadcast operation, no addressing required Saving of one switch-on brightness Saving of one basic brightness (minimum value) DALI control device and signal amplifier Intuitive touch-dim operation (switching with short pressing of button, dimming with long pressing of button) Controls up to 64 DALI ECGs together as a group Control with pushed phase Connection of parallel push buttons possible as auxiliary units Saving of one switch-on brightness Alternative control with DALI signal, as signal amplifier Connection to the DALI output of a control device Extension of DALI line possible by 300 m each DALI addressing of repeater (input) possible Broadcast operation of operating devices (output), no addressing For the construction of DALI installations with more than 64 participants Flat standard housing for installing in luminaire (the DALI repeater can be installed in luminaires ex-works on request) Installation in LMS Easy CI box possible (see page 190) 230 V/50 Hz 100 m Up to 4 operating panels 300 m Up to 64 ECGs Cable length 300 m 50 DALI ECGs with 2 DALI poti to mains voltage Further information at www.trilux.co.uk/lm 185

Valuco Active Activating light with Valuco Active system luminaires TRILUX Valuco Active combines two lighting components to achieve daylight-similar lighting: direct and diffuse light (stray light). The direct light is created according to the ingress of sunlight and the diffuse light according to the daytime sky. Both are also available individually. The T5 lamps with multi-lamp technology ensure a high level of energy efficiency, and this is further increased by the use of a controller luminaire with integral LIGHT- GATEplus light management. An overview of the features Diffuse light with high blue component (sky white, 2 lamps) recreates the diffuse daytime sky Direct light with a higher colour temperature (neutral white, 1 lamp) corresponds to the direct ingress of sunlight Energy-efficient operation with daylight dependent control and presence detection Diffuse light with blue component can be adjusted at any time via simple push button operation Controller luminaire with integral LIGHTGATEplus control device Sensors suitable for surface-mounting and recess-mounting Connection of further DALI luminaires to the controller luminaire Setup of two DALI groups (neutral white and sky white) with separate control lines in broadcast operation. No DALI addressing required Setting of nominal value of illuminance level via rotary control at the sensor See Valuco Active, page 84 and LIGHTGATEplus, page 174 diffuse direct diffuse DALI 1+2 Sensor 1 Example: A normal class with Valuco Active activating and energy-saving Light with blue component with T2 wall switch Maximising via double click Switching off by briefly pressing button Individual dimming with pressing and holding the button Optional: Projection light with T4 wall switch Calling up by pressing of button Switching off by pressing button again (The push button designations refer to connection according to the LIGHTGATEplus service instructions) Switch for room lighting Push buttons (T2 and T4) Switch for blackboard lighting Sensor 2 Master uminairel Sensor 186

DALI Dynamic Control Light management for lighting scenes and dynamics DALI Dynamic Control enables a time-based cycle of lighting scenes in dynamic light sequences. Ranging from accentuating colour chases intended to catch the attention of viewers to discreet colour temperature changes that follow the example of natural daylight. Here several sequences can create a daytime cycle. Seven different daytime sequences can be called up on week days. The operating surface of the touch screen is applicationoriented and can be configured and edited. Up to 128 connected luminaires can be variably controlled in a maximum of 16 groups. With the control of coloured (RGBW) sources, a maximum of 32 luminaires can create up to 4 zones of various light colours. The assignment of the groups, or colours and zones, is via touch screen, where DALI group addresses are assigned to the connected ballasts. DALI Dynamic Control is therefore also especially intended for the operation of LED luminaires requiring RGB colour mixing via the DALI interface to be addressed (e.g. Solvan LED RGB, Quadrial LED RGB, Polaron LED RGB). For the control of RGBW light ceilings (Plenar RGBW ), DALI repeaters can be optionally addressed with regard to colours and zones. DALI connection of the luminaires to the repeaters is for broadcast operation. The system configuration can also be carried out via a PC with a system infrared interface or ethernet connection, in addition to using a touch screen. The assumption of system configurations is also possible with this method via upload and download. The advantages Free design of lighting scenes (max. 16 scenes) Free RGBW colour setting in 4 zones Simple programming of dynamic lighting scenes (max. 99 sequences) Changing lighting sequences during course of day Weekly cycle with 7 different daytime cycles Structural menu guidance on touch screen DALI group addressing via touch screen (max. 16 groups) Connection of up to 128 DALI luminaires (white) Connection of up to 32 luminaires for colour mixing (RGBW) Up to 4 zones with various RGBW mixed colours Upload and download via Ethernet. Flat wall surface-mounted device. LMS DALI Dynamic Control Wall-mounted device (200 x 150 x 20 mm) External device mains power Power supply unit included in scope of supply 2 DALI connections each for 64 DALI ballasts External DALI power supplies required Computer connection via system IR interface or ethernet LMS DALI SC-A Push button coupler as auxiliary control unit to LMS DALI Dynamic Control Connection via DALI interface Connection of up to 4 installation buttons (open contact) For calling up to 4 static lighting scenes LMS DALI Dynamic Control LMS DALI PS Power supply unit for accommodation in a cavity (cavity wall, intermediate ceiling) For mains power of DALI interface for up to 64 ballasts Operation via mains supply LMS DALI PS-REG Power supply unit for accommodation in sub-distribution For mains power of DALI interface for up to 64 ballasts Operation via mains supply Designation TOC Description LMS DALI Dynamic Control 59 077 00 Light management system for dynamic applications LMS DALI PS 59 075 00 DALI power supply for recess/surface-mounting LMS DALI PS-REG 59 076 00 DALI power supply for installing in switching cabinet LMS DALI SC-A 59 797 00 Push button module for calling up lighting scenes Further information at www.trilux.co.uk/lm 187

DALI Easy Light management for colour-dynamic lighting accents System features DALI Easy is a light management system especially designed for the simple control of colour-dynamic lighting accents. Operation, installation and start-up of the system are simply optimised. The basic functions of the system are completely available via a concise infrared remote control. Additionally (or alternatively), up to 16 installation buttons can be assigned various functions. The radio operation elements offer expanded functionality. The Easy Color Control software and a USB adapter enable complete access to all parameters, and allow flexible system configuration, with the setting up of 4 dynamic lighting sequences with up to 16 zones with various colour settings. DALI Easy combines the operation of DALI luminaires on the DALI Easy control device with LED luminaires to give a complete control concept. DALI Easy can also be used without LED luminaires, e.g. for convenient dynamic control of general lighting with up to 4 luminaire groups. This could be a white-white control of different colour temperatures or an RGBW control (e.g. with Valuco Active or Plenar). TRILUX light ceilings from the Plenar series are fundamentally equipped with separate DALI connector terminals per light colour for DALI broadcast operation. The advantages Unified control for LED accents and general lighting with fluorescent lamps Flexible lighting scene control Up to 4 dynamic sequences can be called up Sequences can be individually configured Simple operation Broadcast operation of DALI ballasts Connection of all system components via RJ11 connectors Up to 16 LED or DALI Easy control devices in one system Simple start-up DALI Easy system overview Operating element Easy IR RMC Easy Hybrid Remote Easy Color Drive Push button Movement detector PC Control device Easy IR CI Easy RC Easy PB Coupler Easy PC Kit Easy SYS CP DALI Easy Lamp ballast (ECG) DALI DALI DALI Light source 188

DALI Easy System luminaires System luminaires Easy system luminaires are offered for the Quadrial LED and Solvan LED luminaire ranges. These include an LED-Easy ballast. The fluorescent lamps in the luminaires are operated on DALI ECGs that can additionally be integrated into the system via a DALI Easy ballast. The DALI Easy ballast can also be supplied integrated in a master luminaire on request. The LED-Easy components for the system luminaires are interconnected via RJ11 connectors. Electrical connection L N DALI Easy Easy signal GND (-) CH4+ (W) CH3+ (B) CH2+ (G) CH1+ (R) Control of fluorescent lamps of Quadrial EDD (max. 32 pieces) Control of Quadrial LED-Easy (max. 15 pieces) System luminaires with RJ11 connectors for LED control ( EDD + LED-Easy) Common control of fluorescent and LED sources Installation of DALI Easy ballast in master luminaires on request Master luminaires from other series for control of lighting scenes on request Luminaire in slave operation Infra-red receiver LED Fluorescent lamps Luminaire in slave operation Further information at www.trilux.co.uk/lm 189

DALI Easy System components LMS DALI Easy LMS Easy CI Box LMS Easy IR RMC LMS Easy IR CI LMS Easy IR SK LMS DALI Easy Control device for dynamic control of DALI ballasts Separate connection of up to 4 luminaire groups (e.g. RGBW), broadcast operation Maximum of 32 DALI ballasts No DALI addressing LMS Easy CI Box Mounting box for DALI Easy control device For VDE-compliant connection in ceiling or cavity wall Can also be used for DALI repeaters LMS Easy PC Kit USB adapter and Easy Color Control software ( CD-ROM) Free programming of up to 4 x 16 lighting scenes Free programming of 4 sequences each with up to 16 different lighting scenes Upload and download of sequences LMS Easy SYS CP System coupler for coupling of a further EASY system Maximum of 4 systems can be connected Maximum of 64 control devices in 16 zones LMS Easy IR RMC Infrared remote control for DALI Easy Manual dimming of 4 channels (e.g. RGBW) Programming and calling up of 4 lighting scenes Programming and calling up of one sequence LMS Easy IR CI IR receiver for installation in ceiling For reception of LMS Easy IR RMC LMS Easy IR SK Surface-mounting set for LMS Easy IR CI 190

LMS Easy IR PB Coupler LMS Easy Hybrid Remote LMS Easy Color Drive LMS Easy IR PB coupler Push button coupler for connection of up to 8 installation buttons to a DALI Easy control device Switching and dimming For calling up and saving up to 8 from 16 lighting scenes Calling up of up to 4 sequences One sequence can be programmed with the LMS Easy IR RMC and receiver Four sequences can be programmed with the LMS Easy PC Kit LMS Easy Hybrid Remote Radio hand remote control with wall bracket For operating a system with RGBW, RGB or white-white control Switching and dimming Setting of one colour Calling up and saving of 8 from 4x16 lighting scenes Calling up of 4 sequences Four sequences each with up to 16 lighting scenes can be programmed with the LMS Easy PC Kit OT 6/200-240/24 mains power required LMS Easy Color Drive Radio wall operating element For operating a system with RGBW, RGB or white-white control Switching and dimming Setting of one colour Calling up of one sequence OT 6/200-240/24 mains power required LMS Easy RC Radio receiver for LMS Easy Color Drive and LMS Easy Hybrid Remote Simple addressing per button Up to 8 operating elements are recognised Designation TOC Description LMS DALI Easy 53 172 00 Control device LMS Easy CI Box 53 167 00 Mounting box LMS Easy IR RMC 48 343 00 IR remote control LMS Easy IR CI 52 787 00 Recessed ceiling sensor LMS Easy IR SK 52 788 00 Surface-mounting set LMS Easy PB Coupler 53 163 00 Push button coupler LMS Easy Hybdrid Remote 59 729 00 Hand transmitter LMS Easy Color Drive 59 728 00 Wall operating element LMS Easy RC 59 930 00 Radio receiver OT 6/200-240/24 59 730 00 24V DC power supply LMS Easy PC Kit 53 214 00 Easy Color Control software with USB adapter LMS Easy SYS CP 58 431 00 System coupler for connection of several systems LMS Y-Connector 58 482 00 Y-branching for system expansion (RJ11) Further information at www.trilux.co.uk/lm 191

TOC TRILUX ORDER CODE This catalogue has been given the TOC (TRILUX ORDER CODE) order number system to aid efficient order processing. All luminaire designations and system components are given a seven-character TOC number. For luminaires and gear trays for continuous lines, the five-character basis number is given a two-character number for designation of the electrical equipment level. Example from a catalogue page with E-Line T5N gear trays Designation TOC E EDD 7651/35/49/80 59 194 04 07 7652/35/49/80 59 198 04 07 Example for TOC use Luminaire designation: 7651/35/49/80 EDD Complete TOC number: 59 194 07 The EDD designation in the luminaire designation (for dimmable DALI electronic ballast) is found in this example with the 07 ending. We request that you only use the complete seven-character TOC number for the unambiguous designation of luminaires, gear trays and system components with all orders. Legend for switching variants, TOC TOC Abbreviation Meaning ending 00 Accessories 01 L Inductive 02 K Power factor-corrected 04 E Electronic control gear (ECG) 05 ED ECG dimmable 07 EDD ECG dimmable DALI 08 EDS ECG dimmable with sensor TOC Abbreviation Meaning ending 10 Mains connection, direct 11 ESD ECG dimmable DSI 40 ET Electronic transformer 42 ECG + electronic transformer 50 Requires further components 51 Electronic transformer DALI (RGB) 54 Combination of several switching types 192

Lamp data, indoor T5 Lamp P L L LF Ra OSRAM Philips Socket type designation ECG designation ECG (Im) (Im) W mm mm (cd) 2) (cd) 2) T 16 14 549 16 ww 80 FH 14W/827 HE 1200 TL5 HE 14W/827 1200 G5 T 16 14 549 16 ww 80 FH 14W/830 HE 1200 TL5 HE 14W/830 1200 G5 T 16 14 549 16 nw 80 FH 14W/835 HE 1200 - - G5 T 16 14 549 16 nw 80 FH 14W/840 HE 1200 TL5 HE 14W/840 1200 G5 T 16 14 549 16 tw 80 FH 14W/865 HE 1100 TL5 HE 14W/865 1100 G5 T 16 14 549 16 tw 80 FH 14W/880 HE 1050 - - G5 T 16 24 549 16 ww 80 FQ 24W/827 HO 1750 TL5 HO 24W/827 1750 G5 T 16 24 549 16 ww 80 FQ 24W/830 HO 1750 TL5 HO 24W/830 1750 G5 T 16 24 549 16 nw 80 FQ 24W/835 HO 1750 - - G5 T 16 24 549 16 nw 80 FQ 24W/840 HO 1750 TL5 HO 24W/840 1750 G5 T 16 24 549 16 tw 80 FQ 24W/865 HO 1600 TL5 HO 24W/865 1650 G5 T 16 24 549 16 tw 80 FQ 24W/880 HO 1550 - - G5 T 16 24 549 16 nw 90 FQ 24W/940 1400 TL5 HO 24W/940 1400 G5 T 16 24 549 16 nw 90 - - TL5 HO 24W/950 1400 G5 T 16 24 549 16 tw 90 FQ 24W/965 1400 TL5 HO 24W/965 1400 G5 T 16 21 849 16 ww 80 FH 21W/827 HE 1900 TL5 HE 21W/827 1900 G5 T 16 21 849 16 ww 80 FH 21W/830 HE 1900 TL5 HE 21W/830 1900 G5 T 16 21 849 16 nw 80 FH 21W/835 HE 1900 - - G5 T 16 21 849 16 nw 80 FH 21W/840 HE 1900 TL5 HE 21W/840 1900 G5 T 16 21 849 16 tw 80 FH 21W/865 HE 1750 TL5 HE 21W/865 1750 G5 T 16 21 849 16 tw 80 FH 21W/880 HE 1700 - - G5 T 16 39 849 16 ww 80 FQ 39W/827 HO 3100 TL5 HO 39W/827 3100 G5 T 16 39 849 16 ww 80 FQ 39W/830 HO 3100 TL5 HO 39W/830 3100 G5 T 16 39 849 16 nw 80 FQ 39W/835 HO 3100 - - G5 T 16 39 849 16 nw 80 FQ 39W/840 HO 3100 TL5 HO 39W/840 3100 G5 T 16 39 849 16 tw 80 FQ 39W/865 HO 2850 TL5 HO 39W/865 2900 G5 T 16 39 849 16 tw 80 FQ 39W/880 HO 2750 G5 T 16 28 1149 16 ww 80 FH 28W/827 HE 2600 TL5 HE 28W/827 2600 G5 T 16 28 1149 16 ww 80 FH 28W/830 HE 2600 TL5 HE 28W/830 2600 G5 T 16 28 1149 16 nw 80 FH 28W/835 HE 2600 - - G5 T 16 28 1149 16 nw 80 FH 28W/840 HE 2600 TL5 HE 28W/840 2600 G5 T 16 28 1149 16 tw 80 FH 28W/865 HE 2400 TL5 HE 28W/865 2400 G5 T 16 28 1149 16 tw 81 FH 28W/880 HE 2350 G5 T 16 54 1149 16 ww 80 FQ 54W/827 HO 4450 TL5 HO 54W/827 4450 G5 T 16 54 1149 16 ww 80 FQ 54W/830 HO 4450 TL5 HO 54W/830 4450 G5 T 16 54 1149 16 nw 80 FQ 54W/835 HO 4450 - - G5 T 16 54 1149 16 nw 80 FQ 54W/840 HO 4450 TL5 HO 54W/840 4450 G5 T 16 54 1149 16 tw 80 FQ 54W/865 HO 4100 TL5 HO 54W/865 4250 G5 T 16 54 1149 16 tw 80 FQ 54W/880 HO 4000 - - G5 T 16 54 1149 16 nw 90 FQ 54W/940 3800 TL5 HO 54W/940 3800 G5 T 16 54 1149 16 nw 90 - - TL5 HO 54W/950 3800 G5 T 16 54 1149 16 tw 90 FQ 54W/965 3800 TL5 HO 54W/965 3800 G5 T 16 35 1449 16 ww 80 FH 35W/827 HE 3300 TL5 HE 35W/827 3300 G5 T 16 35 1449 16 ww 80 FH 35W/830 HE 3300 TL5 HE 35W/830 3300 G5 T 16 35 1449 16 nw 80 FH 35W/835 HE 3300 - - G5 T 16 35 1449 16 nw 80 FH 35W/840 HE 3300 TL5 HE 35W/840 3300 G5 T 16 35 1449 16 tw 80 FH 35W/865 HE 3050 TL5 HE 35W/865 3100 G5 T 16 35 1449 16 tw 81 FH 35W/880 HE 3000 - - G5 T 16 49 1449 16 ww 80 FQ 49W/827 HO 4300 TL5 HO 49W/827 4300 G5 T 16 49 1449 16 ww 80 FQ 49W/830 HO 4300 TL5 HO 49W/830 4300 G5 T 16 49 1449 16 nw 80 FQ 49W/835 HO 4300 - - G5 T 16 49 1449 16 nw 80 FQ 49W/840 HO 4300 TL5 HO 49W/840 4300 G5 T 16 49 1449 16 tw 80 FQ 49W/865 HO 4100 TL5 HO 49W/865 4100 G5 T 16 49 1449 16 tw 80 FQ 49W/880 HO 4050 - - G5 T 16 49 1449 16 nw 90 FQ 49W/940 3700 TL5 HO 49W/940 3700 G5 T 16 49 1449 16 nw 90 - - TL5 HO 49W/950 3700 G5 T 16 49 1449 16 tw 90 FQ 49W/965 3700 TL5 HO 49W/965 3700 G5 T 16 80 1449 16 ww 80 FQ 80W/827 HO 6150 TL5 HO 80W/827 6150 G5 T 16 80 1449 16 ww 80 FQ 80W/830 HO 6150 TL5 HO 80W/830 6150 G5 T 16 80 1449 16 nw 80 FQ 80W/835 HO 6150 - - G5 T 16 80 1449 16 nw 80 FQ 80W/840 HO 6150 TL5 HO 80W/840 6150 G5 T 16 80 1449 16 tw 80 FQ 80W/865 HO 5700 TL5 HO 80W/865 5850 G5 T 16 80 1449 16 tw 80 FQ 80W/880 HO 5550 - - G5 T 16 80 1449 16 nw 90 FQ 80W/940 5500 - - G5 T 16 80 1449 16 tw 90 FQ 80W/965 5500 - - G5 P L = Lamp rating L = Lamp length = Lamp diameter LF = Lamp colour Ra = Colour rendering index EVG = Electronic control gear * All luminous flux specifications related to 25 C. 193

Lamp data, indoor T5 Lamp P L L LF Ra OSRAM Philips Socket type designation ECG designation ECG (Im) (Im) W mm mm (cd) 2) (cd) 2) T16 coloured 14 549 16 Red - FH 14W/60 HE 930 TL5 HE 14W/150 900 G5 T16 coloured 14 549 16 Green - FH 14W/66 HE 1550 TL5 HE 14W/170 1675 G5 T16 coloured 14 549 16 Blue - FH 14W/67 HE 300 TL5 HE 14W/180 310 G5 T16 coloured 24 549 16 Red - FQ 24W/60 HO 1500 TL5 HO 24W/150 1400 G5 T16 coloured 24 549 16 Green - FQ 24W/66 HO 2500 TL5 HO 24W/170 2750 G5 T16 coloured 24 549 16 Blue - FQ 24W/67 HO 525 TL5 HO 24W/180 550 G5 T16 coloured 21 849 16 Red - FH 21W/60 HE 1500 - - G5 T16 coloured 21 849 16 Green - FH 21W/66 HE 2500 - - G5 T16 coloured 21 849 16 Blue - FH 21W/67 HE 500 - - G5 T16 coloured 39 849 16 Red - FQ 39W/60 HO 2450 - - G5 T16 coloured 39 849 16 Green - FQ 39W/66 HO 4100 - - G5 T16 coloured 39 849 16 Blue - FQ 39W/67 HO 850 - - G5 T16 coloured 28 1149 16 Red - FH 28W/60 HE 2100 TL5 HO 28W/150 1800 G5 T16 coloured 28 1149 16 Green - FH 28W/66 HE 3500 TL5 HO 28W/170 3350 G5 T16 coloured 28 1149 16 Blue - FH 28W/67 HE 700 TL5 HO 28W/180 625 G5 T16 coloured 54 1149 16 Red - FQ 54W/60 HO 3450 TL5 HO 54W/150 3450 G5 T16 coloured 54 1149 16 Green - FQ 54W/66 HO 6300 TL5 HO 54W/170 6900 G5 T16 coloured 54 1149 16 Blue - FQ 54W/67 HO 1200 TL5 HO 54W/180 1500 G5 T16 coloured 35 1449 16 Red - FH 35W/60 HE 2650 - - G5 T16 coloured 35 1449 16 Green - FH 35W/66 HE 4450 - - G5 T16 coloured 35 1449 16 Blue - FH 35W/67 HE 875 - - G5 T16 coloured 80 1449 16 Red - FQ 80W/60 HO 4525 - - G5 T16 coloured 80 1449 16 Green - FQ 80W/66 HO 7650 - - G5 T16 coloured 80 1449 16 Blue - FQ 80W/67 HO 1550 - - G5 Lamp P L L Ø LF Ra OSRAM Philips Socket type designation designation ECG (Im) W mm mm (cd) 2) TC-TEL(I) 13 90 49 ww 80 DULUX T/E 13W/827 PLUS Master PL-T 13W/827/4P 900 GX24q-1 TC-TEL(I) 13 90 49 ww 80 DULUX T/E 13W/830 PLUS Master PL-T 13W/830/4P 900 GX24q-1 TC-TEL(I) 13 90 49 nw 80 DULUX T/E 13W/840 PLUS Master PL-T 13W/840/4P 900 GX24q-1 TC-TEL(I) 18 100 49 ww 80 DULUX T/E 18W/827 (IN) PLUS Master PL-T 18W/827/4P 1200 GX24q-2 TC-TEL(I) 18 100 49 ww 80 DULUX T/E 18W/830 (IN) PLUS Master PL-T 18W/830/4P(TOP) 1200 GX24q-2 TC-TEL(I) 18 100 49 nw 80 DULUX T/E 18W/840 (IN) PLUS Master PL-T 18W/840/4P(TOP) 1200 GX24q-2 TC-TEL(I) 26 115 49 ww 80 DULUX T/E 26W/827 (IN) PLUS Master PL-T 26W/827/4P 1800 GX24q-3 TC-TEL(I) 26 115 49 ww 80 DULUX T/E 26W/830 (IN) PLUS Master PL-T 26W/830/4P(TOP) 1800 GX24q-3 TC-TEL(I) 26 115 49 nw 80 DULUX T/E 26W/840 (IN) PLUS Master PL-T 26W/840/4P(TOP) 1800 GX24q-3 TC-TEL(I) 32 130 49 ww 80 DULUX T/E 32W/827 (IN) PLUS Master PL-T 32W/827/4P(TOP) 2400 GX24q-3 TC-TEL(I) 32 130 49 ww 80 DULUX T/E 32W/830 (IN) PLUS Master PL-T 32W/830/4P(TOP) 2400 GX24q-3 TC-TEL(I) 32 130 49 nw 80 DULUX T/E 32W/840 (IN) PLUS Master PL-T 32W/840/4P(TOP) 2400 GX24q-3 TC-TEL(I) 42 155 49 ww 80 DULUX T/E 42W/827 (IN) PLUS Master PL-T 42W/827/4P(TOP) 3200 GX24q-4 TC-TEL(I) 42 155 49 ww 80 DULUX T/E 42W/830 (IN) PLUS Master PL-T 42W/830/4P(TOP) 3200 GX24q-4 TC-TEL(I) 42 155 49 nw 80 DULUX T/E 42W/840 (IN) PLUS Master PL-T 42W/840/4P(TOP) 3200 GX24q-4 * All luminous flux specifications related to 25 C. (IN) and (TOP) alternatively also with amalgam technology for increased ambient temperatures. IN and TOP without brackets are versions only available with amalgam technology. 194

Lamp P L L LF OSRAM Philips Socket type designation designation (Im) (Im) W mm mm (cd) 2) (cd) 2) Metal halide lamps, tubular form (CE with ceramic arc tube, only for sealed luminaires) HIT-TC-CE 20 52 17 ww - - MASTERcolour CDM-Tm Mini 20W/830 1650 PGJ5 HIT-TC-CE 20 52 15 ww HCI-TC 20/830 WDL PB 1700 - - G8.5 HIT-TC-CE 20 57 13 ww HCI-TF 20/830 WDL PB 1700 - - GU6.5 HIT-TC-CE 35 85 15 ww HCI-TC 35/830 WDL PB 3500 MASTERcolour CDM-TC 35W/830 3300 G8.5 HIT-TC-CE 35 85 15 ww HCI-TC 35/930 WDL PB Shoplight 2800 MASTERcolour CDM-TC Elite 35W/930 3500 G8.5 HIT-TC-CE 35 85 15 nw HCI-TC 35/942 NDL PB 3400 MASTERcolour CDM-TC 35W/942 3300 G8.5 HIT-TC-CE 35 57 13 ww HCI-TF 35/930 WDL PB 3400 - - GU6.5 HIT-TC-CE 35 52 17 ww - - MASTERcolour CDM-Tm Mini 35W/930 3000 PGJ5 HIT-TC-CE 70 85 15 ww HCI-TC 70/830 WDL PB 6900 MASTERcolour CDM-TC 70W/830 6400 G8.5 HIT-TC-CE 70 85 15 ww HCI-TC 70/930 WDL PB Shoplight 6200 MASTERcolour CDM-TC Elite 70W/930 7300 G8.5 HIT-TC-CE 70 85 15 nw HCI-TC 70/942 NDL PB 6600 MASTERcolour CDM-TC 70W/942 5900 G8.5 HIT-CE 35 105 20 ww HCI-T 35/830 WDL PB 3600 MASTERcolour CDM-T 35W/830 3300 G12 HIT-CE 35 105 20 ww HCI-T 35/930 WDL PB Shoplight 2800 MASTERcolour CDM-T Elite 35W/930 3500 G12 HIT-CE 35 105 20 nw HCI-T 35/942 NDL PB 3500 MASTERcolour CDM-T 35W/942 3300 G12 HIT-CE 70 105 20 ww HCI-T 70/830 WDL PB 7300 MASTERcolour CDM-T 70W/830 6600 G12 HIT-CE 70 105 20 ww HCI-T 70/930 WDL PB Shoplight 6300 MASTERcolour CDM-T Elite 70W/930 7300 G12 HIT-CE 70 105 20 nw HCI-T 70/942 NDL PB 6800 MASTERcolour CDM-T 70W/942 6600 G12 HIT-CE 150 110 25 ww HCI-T 150/830 WDL PB 15000 MASTERcolour CDM-T 150W/830 14000 G12 HIT-CE 150 110 25 nw HCI-T 150/942 NDL PB 14500 MASTERcolour CDM-T 150W/942 12700 G12 Lamp P L L LF OSRAM Philips Socket type designation designation (Im) (Im) W mm mm (cd) 2) (cd) 2) Low voltage halogen reflector lamps with cool beam reflector QR-CBC 51 35 46 51 ww Decostar 51 48865 ES SP 10 12500 2) MASTERline ES 35W 8 13500 2) GU5.3 QR-CBC 51 35 46 51 ww Decostar 51 48865 ES FL 24 4400 2) MASTERline ES 35W 24 4400 2) GU5.3 QR-CBC 51 35 46 51 ww Decostar 51 48865 ES WFL 36 2200 2) MASTERline ES 35W 36 2200 2) GU5.3 QR-CBC 51 35 46 51 ww Decostar 51 48865 ES VWFL 60 1100 2) MASTERline ES 35W 60 1050 2) GU5.3 QR-CBC 51 35 46 51 ww Decostar 51 TITAN 46865SP 10 8000 2) Brilliantline Dichroic 12V MR50 35W 10 8000 2) GU5.3 QR-CBC 51 35 46 51 ww Decostar 51 TITAN 46865FL 24 3100 2) Brilliantline Dichroic 12V MR50 35W 24 3100 2) GU5.3 QR-CBC 51 35 46 51 ww Decostar 51 TITAN 46865WFL 36 1500 2) Brilliantline Dichroic 12V MR50 35W 36 1500 2) GU5.3 QR-CBC 51 35 46 51 ww Decostar 51 TITAN 46865VWFL 60 700 2) Brilliantline Dichroic 12V MR50 35W 60 700 2) GU5.3 QR-CBC 51 35 46 51 ww Decostar 51S 44865 SP 10 6000 2) Accentline 35W 12V 10 3750 2) GU5.3 QR-CBC 51 35 46 51 ww Decostar 51S 44865 WFL 36 1000 2) Accentline 35W 12V 36 1000 2) GU5.3 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww Decostar 51 48870 ES SP 10 15000 2) MASTERline ES 45W 8 16000 2) GU5.3 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww Decostar 51 48870 ES FL 24 5700 2) MASTERline ES 45W 24 5450 2) GU5.3 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww Decostar 51 48870 ES WFL 36 2850 2) MASTERline ES 45W 36 2850 2) GU5.3 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww Decostar 51 48870 ES VWFL 60 1430 2) MASTERline ES 45W 60 1300 2) GU5.3 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww Decostar 51 TITAN 46870SP 10 12500 2) Brilliantline Dichroic 12V MR50 50W 10 13000 2) GU5.3 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww Decostar 51 TITAN 46870FL 24 4400 2) Brilliantline Dichroic 12V MR50 50W 24 4400 2) GU5.3 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww Decostar 51 TITAN 46870WFL 36 2200 2) Brilliantline Dichroic 12V MR50 50W 36 2200 2) GU5.3 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww Decostar 51 TITAN 46870VWFL 60 1200 2) Brilliantline Dichroic 12V MR50 50W 60 1100 2) GU5.3 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww Decostar 51S 44870 SP 10 7800 2) Accentline 50W 12V 10 6200 2) GU5.3 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww - Accentline 50W 12V 24 2100 2) GU5.3 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww Decostar 51S 44870 WFL 36 1450 2) Accentline 50W 12V 36 1500 2) GU5.3 * All luminous flux specifications related to 25 C. 2) Illuminance in cd. 195

Lamp data, indoor Lamp P L L LF OSRAM Philips Socket type designation designation (Im) (Im) W mm mm (cd) 2) (cd) 2) Low voltage halogen reflector lamps with aluminium reflector QR-LP 111 35 / 30 63 111 ww Halospot 111 41832 SP 4 35000 2) - - G53 QR-LP 111 35 / 30 63 111 ww Halospot 111 48832 ES SP 8 22500 2) MASTERline 111 30W 8 23000 2) G53 QR-LP 111 35 / 30 63 111 ww Halospot 111 48832 ES FL 24 4500 2) MASTERline 111 30W 24 4000 2) G53 QR-LP 111 50 / 45 63 111 ww Halospot 111 41835 SSP 4 40000 2) - - G53 QR-LP 111 50 / 45 63 111 ww Halospot 111 48835 ES SP 8 33000 2) MASTERline 111 45W 8 33000 2) G53 QR-LP 111 50 / 45 63 111 ww Halospot 111 48835 ES FL 24 5800 2) MASTERline 111 45W 24 5300 2) G53 QR-LP 111 50 / 45 63 111 ww Halospot 111 48835 ES WFL 45 2000 2) MASTERline 111 45W 45 1900 2) G53 QR-LP 111 65 / 60 63 111 ww Halospot 111 48837 ES SP 8 45000 2) MASTERline 111 60W 8 48000 2) G53 QR-LP 111 65 / 60 63 111 ww Halospot 111 48837 ES FL 24 8500 2) MASTERline 111 60W 24 8500 2) G53 QR-LP 111 65 / 60 63 111 ww Halospot 111 48837 ES WFL 45 2800 2) MASTERline 111 60W 45 2800 2) G53 Low voltage pin base lamps, 12 V electronic transformer (orientation values for Psys) QT 12-ax 20 44 12 ww Halostar Starlite 64427S 300 Capsuleline 300 GY6.35 QT 12-ax 35 44 12 ww Halostar Starlite 64432S 600 Capsuleline 600 GY6.35 QT 12-ax 50 44 12 ww Halostar Starlite 64440S 910 Capsuleline 950 GY6.35 QT 12-ax 75 44 12 ww Halostar Starlite 64450S 1450 Capsuleline 1575 GY6.35 QT 12-ax 90 44 12 ww Halostar Starlite 64458S 1800 - - GY6.35 QT 12-ax 100 44 12 ww - - Capsuleline 2200 GY6.35 High voltage halogen lamps, no transformer required QT 32 60 105 33 ww Halolux Ceram 64472IM 790 HalogenA 230V T32 840 E27 QT 32 75 105 33 ww Halolux Ceram 64474IM 1050 - - E27 QT 32 100 105 33 ww Halolux Ceram 64476IM 1470 HalogenA 230V T32 1550 E27 QT 32 150 105 33 ww Halolux Ceram 64478IM 2400 HalogenA 230V T32 2550 E27 QT 32 250 105 33 ww Halolux Ceram 64480IM 4210 - - E27 Lamp P L L LF LEDON Philips Socket type designation designation (Im) (Im) W mm mm (cd) 2) (cd) 2) High power LED LED Retrofit-Lamp in AGL Form 5 115 56 ww 5W LED Lamp (3050K) 290 - - E27 LED Retrofit-Lamp in AGL Form 6 115 56 ww 6W LED Lamp (2900K) 340 - - E27 LED Retrofit-Lamp in AGL Form 6 115 56 ww 6W LED Lamp (2900K) dimmable 340 - - E27 LED Retrofit-Lamp in AGL Form 6 106 55 ww - - Master LEDbulb 6W E27 2700K 230V A55 240 E27 LED Retrofit-Lamp in AGL Form 7 109 60 ww - - Master LEDbulb 7W E27 2700K 230V A60 400 E27 * All luminous flux specifications related to 25 C. 2) Illuminance in cd. 196

Product Index Designation Page Designation Page Actison Actison RSX 164 Actison RWS 164 Actison STB 166 Actison S-RSX 164 Actison S-RWS 164 Actison S-STB 166 ActisonPlus RSX 164 ActisonPlus RWS 164 ActisonPlus STB 166 ActisonPlus S-RSX 164 ActisonPlus S-RWS 164 ActisonPlus S-STB 166 Alinio Alinio 116 Aragon LED Aragon LED 160 Athenik LED Athenik LED 10 Durata Durata HR 126 Durata HR-IP 126 Durata SB 126 Durata SB-IP 126 Enspiro Enspiro H LED 72 Inperla Inperla C2 HR-Ag 15 Inperla C2 HR LED 14 Liventy Liventy 300 OT 110 Liventy 600 OT 110 Liventy 600 UXP-S OT 110 Liventy 625 OT 110 Liventy 625 UXP-S OT 110 Liventy Flat 600 OT 110 Liventy Flat 625 OT 110 LMS LMS ActiLume 180 LMS DALI Dynamic Control 187 LMS DALI Easy 188 LMS DALI Poti 185 LMS DALI Repeater 185 LMS Dim Pico 184 LMS LIGHTGATEbasic 178 LMS LIGHTGATEplus 174 LMS Luxomat 182 Valuco Active 186 Mirona Mirona MR LED 122 Mirona MRA LED 122 Neximo Neximo H1 LED 68 Neximo H2 LED 68 Onperla Onperla D2 BR 24 Onperla D2 HR 24 Onperla D2 HR LED-RGB 24 Onperla D2 HR IP 24 Onperla D2 MR 24 Scenatic Flair SncFlair 100 52 SncFlair 200 52 SncFlair 300 52 SncFlair 400 54 SncFlair 400 LED 54 SncFlair 500 54 SncFlair 500 LED 54 Scenatic Flex SncFlex 100 48 SncFlex 200 48 SncFlex 300 48 SncFlex 400 50 SncFlex 500... 50 Scenatic Point SncPoint 100 36 SncPoint 200 36 SncPoint 300 40 SncPoint 300 LED 39 SncPoint 400 40 SncPoint 5 42 SncPoint 6 42 SncPoint 700 LED 44 SncPoint 800 46 Scenatic Wall SncWall 100 56 circuit track 58 Solvan SolvanB H1 OTA 76 SolvanB H1 UXP-H 78 SolvanB H1 UXP-S 78 SolvanB H2 UXP-AD 78 Solvan C1-L OA-PC LED-Easy 104 Solvan C1-L OTA LED-Easy 104 Valuco Valuco S 82 Valuco D 86 Valuco D-UXP 86 Valuco H 88 ValucoAct D-UXP 84 Series 504, 505 504 RAV 93 504 RPX 92 504 RPXA 93 504 RSX 92 504 RSXA 93 505 RPX 94 505 RSX 95 Series 740 7402N/LED 98 Series 765 (E-Line) gear tray 7651 132 7652 132 7654 144 trunking 07650 152 All technical data including dimensional and weight specifications have been checked carefully. Errors excepted. Possible colour deviations are due to printing processes. We reserve the right to modify in the interest of progress. Luminaires are partly shown with accessories that must be ordered separately. Images of installations may show custom manufactured luminaires. Printed on PEFC-certified paper in an environmentally friendly way. 197

Contacts TRILUX GmbH & Co. KG Heidestraße D-59759 Arnsberg Postfach 19 60 D-59753 Arnsberg Tel. +49 (0) 29 32.3 01-0 Fax +49 (0) 29 32.3 01-3 75 info@trilux.de www.trilux.com TRILUX LlGHTING LlMITED TRILUX HOUSE, Winsford Way Boreham Interchange Chelmsford, Essex CM2 5PD Tel. +44 (0) 12 45.46 34 63 Fax +44 (0) 12 45.46 26 46 sales@trilux.co.uk www.trilux.co.uk 198

105-GB-int 082 773